-
1 halten
n; -s, kein Pl.: zum Halten bringen stop, bring to a halt ( oder stop); Halten verboten! no stopping; da gab es kein Halten mehr there was no holding them etc. (back)* * *das Halten(Besitzen) keeping;(Festhalten) holding* * *hạl|ten ['haltn] pret hielt [hiːlt] ptp geha\#lten [gə'haltn]1. TRANSITIVES VERB1) = festhalten to holdjdm etw halten — to hold sth for sb
jdm den Mantel halten — to hold sb's coat (for him/her)
den Kopf/Bauch halten — to hold one's head/stomach
2)= in eine bestimmte Position bringen
etw gegen das Licht halten — to hold sth up to the light3)= tragen
die drei Pfeiler halten die Brücke — the three piers support the bridgemeinst du, der kleine Nagel hält das schwere Ölbild? — do you think this small nail will take the weight of the heavy oil painting?
nur zwei morsche Bretter hielten den Balkon noch — there were only two rotten boards holding the balcony up
zwei Schlaufen halten den Vorhang an der Seite — two loops hold back the curtain
4) = zurückhalten, aufhalten to hold; (SPORT) to savedie Wärme/Feuchtigkeit halten — to retain heat/moisture
das ist ein toller Torwart, der hält jeden Ball! — he's a great goalkeeper, he makes great saves!
ich konnte ihn/es gerade noch halten — I just managed to grab hold of him/it
haltet den Dieb! — stop thief!
sie ist nicht zu halten (fig) — there's no holding her back
den Schnabel or Mund halten (inf) — to keep one's mouth shut (inf)
eine Perserkatze/einen Hausfreund halten — to have a Persian cat/a live-in lover
wir können uns kein Auto halten —
(
sich dat) eine Zeitung/Zeitschrift halten — to get a paper/magazine7) = einhalten, erfüllen to keepman muss halten, was man verspricht — a promise is a promise
der Film hält nicht, was er/der Titel verspricht — the film doesn't live up to expectations/its title
8) = beibehalten, aufrechterhalten Niveau to keep up, to maintain; Tempo, Disziplin, Temperatur to maintain; Kurs to keep to, to holddie These lässt sich nicht länger halten or ist nicht länger zu halten — this hypothesis is no longer tenable
(mit jdm) Verbindung halten — to keep in touch( with sb)
viel Sport hält jung/schlank — doing a lot of sport keeps you young/slim
wenn es neblig ist, sollten Sie den Abstand immer so groß wie möglich halten — if it's foggy you should always stay as far as possible from the car in front
9) = behandeln to treatdie Gefangenen werden in diesen Gefängnissen wie Tiere gehalten — the prisoners are treated like animals in these prisons
10)= handhaben, verfahren mit
das kannst du (so) halten, wie du willst — that's entirely up to youwie halten Sie es mit Ihrer Steuererklärung? — how do you deal with your tax return?
er hält es nicht so sehr mit der Sauberkeit — he's not over-concerned about cleanliness
es mehr or lieber mit jdm/etw halten — to prefer sb/sth
11)= gestalten
ein in Brauntönen gehaltener Raum — a room done in different shades of browndas Kleid ist in dunklen Tönen gehalten — it is a dark-coloured (Brit) or dark-colored (US) dress
das Mobiliar ist in einem hellen Holz gehalten — the furniture is made of a light wood
12) = veranstalten, abhalten Fest, Pressekonferenz to give; Rede to make; Gottesdienst, Zwiesprache to hold; Wache to keepSelbstgespräche halten — to talk to oneself
Mittagsschlaf halten — to have an afternoon nap
13) = einschätzen, denkendiams; jdn/etw für etw halten to think sb/sth sthetw für angebracht/schön halten — to think or consider sth appropriate/beautiful
jdn für ehrlich halten — to think or consider sb honest
ich habe ihn ( irrtümlich) für seinen Bruder gehalten — I (mis)took him for his brother
ich halte es für Unsinn, alles noch einmal abzuschreiben — I think it's silly to copy everything out againdiams; etw von jdm/etw halten to think sth of sb/sth
nicht viel von jdm/etw halten — not to think much of sb/sth
nicht viel vom Beten/Sparen halten — not to be a great one for praying/saving (inf)
ich halte nichts davon, das zu tun — I'm not in favour (Brit) or favor (US) of (doing) thatdiams; etwas/viel auf etw (acc) halten to consider sth important/very important
der Chef hält viel auf Pünktlichkeit — the boss attaches a lot of importance to punctuality
14)See:→ gehalten2. INTRANSITIVES VERBkann der denn ( gut) halten? — is he a good goalkeeper?
2) = bestehen bleiben, haltbar sein to last; (Konserven) to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Frisur, COMM Preise) to hold; (Stoff) to be hard-wearingder Waffenstillstand hält nun schon drei Wochen — the truce has now held for three weeks
Rosen halten länger, wenn man ein Aspirin ins Wasser tut — roses last longer if you put an aspirin in the water
dieser Stoff hält lange — this material is hard-wearing
3) = stehen bleiben, anhalten to stophalten lassen (Mil) — to call a halt
halt mal, stop! (hum) — hang on (inf) or hold on a minute!
4) andere Redewendungendiams; auf etw (acc) halten (= zielen) to aim at sth; (= steuern) to head for sth; (= Wert legen auf) to attach importance to sthich musste an mich halten, um nicht in schallendes Gelächter auszubrechen — I had to control myself so as not to burst into fits of laughter
3. REFLEXIVES VERB1) diams; sich halten= sich festhalten to hold on (an +dat to)er konnte sich gerade noch an dem Griff halten, als der Zug mit einem scharfen Ruck anfuhr — he just managed to grab hold of the strap when the train suddenly jolted forward
sie konnte sich auf dem glatten Abhang nicht halten — she couldn't keep her footing on the slippery slope
er konnte sich auf dem wilden Mustang nur drei Sekunden halten — he could only stay on the wild mustang three seconds
2) = eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben to carry or hold oneselfsich an die Tatsachen/den Text halten — to keep or stick to the facts/text
3) = sich nicht verändern Lebensmittel, Blumen to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Geruch, Rauch) to linger; (Preise) to hold; (Brauch, Sitte) to continue4) = seine Position behaupten to hold on; (in Kampf) to hold outer hat sich im erbarmungslosen Wettbewerb prächtig gehalten — he held on amazingly in the cut-throat competition
das Geschäft kann sich in dieser Straße nicht halten — the shop can't continue to stay open in this streetdiams; sich gut halten (in Prüfung, Spiel etc) to do well
sie hat sich in der schweren Prüfung unerwartet gut gehalten — she did unexpectedly well in the difficult exam
5) = sich beherrschen to control oneself6)andere Wendungendiams; sich halten an (+acc)
ich halte mich lieber an den Wein — I'd rather keep or stick to wineer hält sich für einen Spezialisten/für besonders klug — he thinks he's a specialist/very clever
* * *1) (to (cause to) stop walking, marching, running etc: The driver halted the train; The train halted at the signals.) halt2) (to give: He delivered a long speech.) deliver3) ((of a car etc) to stop: We drew up outside their house.) draw up4) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) hold5) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) hold6) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) hold7) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) hold8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) hold9) (to look after or care for: She keeps the garden beautifully; I think they keep hens.) keep10) (to act in the way demanded by: She kept her promise.) keep11) (to stand up to use: This material doesn't wear very well.) wear12) (having the body in a state of tension and readiness to act: The animal was poised ready to leap.) poised13) (to suppose or think (that something is the case): Do you take me for an idiot?) take* * *hal·ten[ˈhaltn̩]1.<hielt, gehalten>▪ [jdm] jdn/etw \halten to hold sb/sth [for sb]du musst das Seil ganz fest \halten you must keep a tight grip on the ropehältst du bitte kurz meine Tasche? would you please hold my bag for a moment?jdn/etw im Arm \halten to hold sb/sth in one's armsjdm den Mantel \halten to hold sb's coat [for him/her]2.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn \halten to stop sbhaltet den Dieb! stop the thief!es hält dich niemand nobody's stopping youwenn sie etwas von Sahnetorte hört, ist sie nicht mehr zu \halten if she hears cream gateau mentioned there's no holding her!3.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn \halten to keep sbwarum bleibst du noch bei dieser Firma, was hält dich noch da? why do you stay with the firm, what's keeping you there?mich hält hier nichts [mehr] there's nothing to keep me here [any more]4.<hielt, gehalten>(in eine bestimmte Position bringen)▪ etw irgendwohin/irgendwie \halten to put sth somewhere/in a certain positioner hielt die Hand in die Höhe he put his hand updie Hand vor den Mund \halten to put one's hand in front of one's mouthetw gegen das Licht \halten to hold sth up to the lightdie Hand ins Wasser \halten to put one's hand into the water5.<hielt, gehalten>▪ etw \halten to hold sthnur wenige Pfeiler \halten die alte Brücke just a few pillars support the old bridgeihre Haare wurden von einer Schleife nach hinten ge\halten her hair was held back by a ribbondas Regal wird von zwei Haken ge\halten the shelf is held up by two hooks6.<hielt, gehalten>▪ etw \halten to hold sthich konnte die Tränen nicht \halten I couldn't hold back my tearsdas Ventil konnte den Überdruck nicht mehr \halten the valve could no longer contain the excess pressureer konnte das Wasser nicht mehr \halten he couldn't hold his waterWärme/Feuchtigkeit \halten to retain heat/moisture7.<hielt, gehalten>einen Ball \halten to stop a ballder Tormann konnte den Ball nicht \halten the goalkeeper couldn't stop the balleinen Elfmeter \halten to save a penalty8.<hielt, gehalten>sie hält sich einen Chauffeur she employs a chauffeur; (fig)er hält sich eine Geliebte he has a mistress9.<hielt, gehalten>er hält sich ein Privatflugzeug, eine Segeljacht und ein Rennpferd he keeps a private aircraft, a yacht and a racehorseein Auto \halten to run a carwir können uns kein Auto \halten we can't afford a carHühner/einen Hund \halten to keep chickens/a dog10.<hielt, gehalten>eine Zeitung \halten to take a paper form11.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn irgendwie \halten to treat sb in a certain wayer hält seine Kinder sehr streng he is very strict with his children12.<hielt, gehalten>(beibehalten, aufrechterhalten)▪ etw \halten to keep sthdie Balance [o das Gleichgewicht] \halten to keep one's balanceFrieden \halten to keep the peacedie Geschwindigkeit \halten to keep up speedmit jdm Kontakt \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sbden Kurs \halten to stay on courseOrdnung \halten to keep ordereine Position nicht \halten können to not be able to hold a positioneinen Rekord \halten to hold a recordRuhe \halten to keep quietden Takt \halten to keep timedie Temperatur \halten to maintain the temperatureden Ton \halten to stay in tunezu jdm die Verbindung \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sbdiese Behauptung lässt sich nicht \halten this statement is not tenablehoffentlich kann ich den Weltrekord noch \halten hopefully I can still hold on to the world record13.<hielt, gehalten>MIL (erfolgreich verteidigen)▪ etw \halten to hold sthdie Verteidiger hielten ihre Stellungen weiterhin the defenders continued to hold their positionseine Festung \halten to hold a fortress14.<hielt, gehalten>(nicht aufgeben)ein Geschäft \halten to keep a business going15.<hielt, gehalten>(in einem Zustand erhalten)▪ etw irgendwie \halten to keep sth in a certain conditiondie Fußböden hält sie immer peinlich sauber she always keeps the floors scrupulously cleanden Abstand gleich \halten to keep the distance the samejdn in Atem/in Bewegung/bei Laune \halten to keep sb in suspense/on the go/happyfür jdn das Essen warm \halten to keep sb's meal hotdie Getränke kalt \halten to keep the drinks chilledjdn jung/fit \halten to keep sb young/fit16.<hielt, gehalten>das Haus war innen und außen ganz in Weiß ge\halten the house was completely white inside and outdas Wohnzimmer ist in Blau ge\halten the living room is decorated in blueihr Schlafzimmer ist in ganz in Kirschbaum ge\halten her bedroom is furnished entirely in cherrywooddie Rede war sehr allgemein ge\halten the speech was very generaleinen Brief kurz \halten to keep a letter shortetw schlicht \halten to keep sth simple17.<hielt, gehalten>(abhalten)▪ etw \halten to give sther hielt eine kurze Rede he made a short speechDiät \halten to keep to a dieteinen Gottesdienst \halten to hold a serviceseinen Mittagsschlaf \halten to have an afternoon napeine Rede \halten to give [or make] a speechein Referat \halten to give [or present] a paperSelbstgespräche \halten to talk to oneselfeine Unterrichtsstunde \halten to give a lessonUnterricht \halten to teacheinen Vortrag \halten to give a talkseinen Winterschlaf \halten to hibernate18.<hielt, gehalten>(einhalten, erfüllen)▪ etw \halten to keep sthder Film hält nicht, was der Titel verspricht the film doesn't live up to its titleman muss \halten, was man verspricht a promise is a promisesein Wort/Versprechen \halten to keep one's word/a promise19.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn/etw für jdn/etw \halten to take sb/sth for [or to be] sb/sthich habe ihn für seinen Bruder ge\halten I mistook him for his brotherdas halte ich nicht für möglich I don't think that is possiblewofür \halten Sie mich? what do you take me for?jdn für ehrlich/reich \halten to think sb is [or consider sb to be] honest/rich20.<hielt, gehalten>(denken über)▪ etw von jdm/etw \halten to think sth of sb/sthich halte nichts davon, das zu tun I don't think much of doing thater hält nichts vom Beten/Sparen he's not a great one for praying/saving famich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht I think it best/possible/my dutynichts/viel/wenig von jdm/etw \halten to think nothing/a lot/not think much of sb/sth21.<hielt, gehalten>etwas/viel auf jdn \halten to think quite a bit/a lot of sbwenn man etwas auf sich hält... if you think you're somebody...; s.a. Stück22.1. (festhalten) to holdkannst du mal einen Moment \halten? can you hold that for a second?2.<hielt, gehalten>(haltbar sein) to keepwie lange hält der Fisch noch? how much longer will the fish keep?die Schuhe sollten noch bis nächstes Jahr \halten these shoes should last till next year3.<hielt, gehalten>(dauerhaft sein) to holdder das Seil hält nicht mehr länger the rope won't hold much longerdie Tapete hält nicht the wallpaper won't stay ondiese Freundschaft hält schon lange this friendship has been lasting longdie Tür wird jetzt \halten now the door will holddas Regal hält nicht an der Wand the shelf keeps falling off the wall4.<hielt, gehalten>(stehen bleiben, anhalten) to stop\halten Sie bitte an der Ecke! stop at the corner, pleaseetw zum H\halten bringen to bring sth to a stop [or standstill]ein \haltendes Fahrzeug a stationary vehicle5.<hielt, gehalten>SPORT to make a saveunser Tormann hat heute wieder großartig ge\halten our goalkeeper made some great saves todaykann Peters denn gut \halten? is Peters a good goalkeeper?6.<hielt, gehalten>du musst mehr nach rechts \halten you must aim more to the right7.<hielt, gehalten>(sich beherrschen)ich musste an mich \halten, um nicht zu lachen I had to force myself not to laugh8.<hielt, gehalten>(Wert legen auf)[sehr] auf Ordnung \halten to attach [a lot of] importance to tidiness9.<hielt, gehalten>(jdm beistehen)▪ zu jdm \halten to stand [or stick] by sbich werde immer zu dir \halten I will always stand by youich halte zu Manchester United, und du? I support Manchester United, what about you?10.<hielt, gehalten>Sport hält jung sport keeps you youngAlufolie hält frisch aluminium foil keeps things fresh11.<hielt, gehalten>halte mehr nach links keep more to the leftnach Norden \halten to head north12.▶ halt mal,... hang [or hold] on,...du solltest ein bisschen mehr auf dich \halten (auf das Aussehen achten) you should take more [a] pride in yourself; (selbstbewusst sein) you should be more self-confidentIII. REFLEXIVES VERB1.<hielt, gehalten>der Kletterer rutschte aus und konnte sich nicht mehr \halten the climber slipped and lost his grip2.<hielt, gehalten>(nicht verderben)im Kühlschrank hält sich Milch gut drei Tage milk keeps for a good three days in the fridge3.<hielt, gehalten>für seine 50 Jahre hat er sich gut ge\halten he has worn well for a 50-year-old4.<hielt, gehalten>halte dich tapfer be brave5.<hielt, gehalten>(nicht verschwinden)manchmal kann der Nebel sich bis in die späten Vormittagsstunden \halten sometimes the fog can last until the late morning6.<hielt, gehalten>ich halte mich an die alte Methode I'll stick to [or stay with] the old methodich halte mich lieber an Mineralwasser I prefer to stay with mineral water7.<hielt, gehalten>(irgendwo bleiben)8.<hielt, gehalten>(eine Richtung beibehalten)\halten Sie sich immer in Richtung Stadtmitte keep going towards the centreder Autofahrer hielt sich ganz rechts the driver kept to the right9.<hielt, gehalten>er hält sich immer an die Vorschriften he always sticks to the rulesder Film hat sich nicht an die Romanvorlage gehalten the film didn't keep [or stick] to the book10.<hielt, gehalten>(sich behaupten)trotz der hauchdünnen Mehrheit hielt sich die Regierung noch über ein Jahr despite its wafer-thin majority the government lasted [or kept going for] over a year11.<hielt, gehalten>(bestehen)die Firma wird sich nicht \halten können the company won't keep going [for long]12.<hielt, gehalten>(eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben)es ist nicht leicht, sich im Gleichgewicht zu \halten it's not easy to keep one's balance13.<hielt, gehalten>er hält sich für besonders klug/einen Fachmann he thinks he's very clever/a specialist14.<hielt, gehalten>ich konnte mich nicht \halten vor Lachen bei dem Anblick I couldn't help laughing at this sight15.▶ sich akk an jdn \halten (sich an jdn wenden) to refer to sb, to ask sb; (jds Nähe suchen) to stick with sb1.<hielt, gehalten>wir \halten es ähnlich we do things in a similar wayes mit einer Sache so/anders \halten to handle [or deal with] sth like this/differentlywie hältst du es in diesem Jahr mit Weihnachten? what are you doing about Christmas this year?wie hältst du's mit der Kirche? what's your attitude towards the church?das kannst du \halten wie du willst that's completely up to you2.<hielt, gehalten>(Neigung haben für)es [mehr [o lieber]] mit jdm/etw halten to prefer sb/sthsie hält es mehr mit ihrer Mutter she gets on better with her motherer hält es nicht so mit der Sauberkeit he's not a great one for cleanliness* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (auch Milit.) holdjemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand
die Hand vor den Mund halten — put one's hand in front of one's mouth
etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light
2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up < speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note
Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace
4) (erfüllen) keepsein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise
jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest
ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty
viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something
Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach
seinen Mittagsschlaf halten — have one's or an afternoon nap
9) (zurückhalten) keep11) (nicht aufgeben)ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going
12) (behandeln) treat13) (vorziehen)es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something
14) (verfahren)es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently
15) (gestalten)2.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb1) (stehen bleiben) stop2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) lastder Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer
diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]
3) (Sport) save4) (beistehen)zu jemandem halten — stand or stick by somebody
5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)6) (Seemannsspr.) headauf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something
an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself
8) (achten)3.1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]
sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing
sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect
5) (bleiben)sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle
sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right
sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody
7) (befolgen)sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something
9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)* * *halten; hält, hielt, gehaltenA. v/t1. (festhalten) hold;bei der Hand halten hold sb’s hand;in der Hand/im Arm halten hold in one’s hand/in one’s arms;jemandem den Mantel halten (damit er die Hände frei hat) hold sb’s coat; (ihm hineinhelfen) hold sb’s coat, help sb on with their coat;2. (stützen) hold (up), support;das Bild wird von zwei Nägeln gehalten the picture is held up by two nails;das Seil hat nicht viel zu halten (wird wenig belastet) there isn’t very much weight on the rope3. in einer Lage: hold;ans Licht halten hold to the light;die Hand ins/unters Wasser halten put one’s hand in the water/hold one’s hand under the tap (US auch faucet);sich (dat)beim Gähnen die Hand vor den Mund halten put one’s hand in front of one’s mouth when yawning;er hielt sich das Buch dicht vors Gesicht he was holding the book right in front of his face4. in einem Zustand: keep;frisch/warm halten keep fresh/warm;besetzt/verschlossen halten keep occupied/locked;in Gang halten keep sth going;in Ordnung halten keep in order;das Fass hält 20 Liter the barrel holds 20 litres (US -ers)6. (zurückhalten, behalten) keep, hold; (Festung, Stellung, Rekord, Titel) hold; (aufhalten) stop; SPORT (Schuss) hold, stop, save;das Haus hält die Wärme gut/schlecht the house retains the heat/lets the heat out;das Wasser nicht halten können be incontinent, not be able to hold one’s water ( oder control one’s bladder);den Ball in den eigenen Reihen halten hold onto the ball, keep possession (of the ball);seinen Vorsprung halten können retain one’s lead;er war nicht zu halten there was no stopping ( oder holding) him, you couldn’t hold him back;was hält mich hier noch? what is there to keep me here?;7. (Geschwindigkeit, Kurs, Niveau, Preise etc) hold, maintain; (Richtung) continue in, keep going in; MUS (Ton) lange: hold; (nicht abweichen) keep to;Ordnung halten keep order;Kontakt halten keep in contact (zu with);haltet jetzt bitte Ruhe/Frieden umg keep quiet now, please/no more arguing, please;diese Theorie lässt sich nicht halten this theory is untenable8. (Versprechen, sein Wort etc) keep;was ich verspreche, halte ich auch my word is my bond;das Buch hält (nicht), was es verspricht the book doesn’t live up to its promises9. (sie hält sich einen Chauffeur/Liebhaber she keeps a chauffeur/loverdie Kinder knapp/streng halten not give the children much money/be strict with the children11. (Sitzung, Versammlung etc) hold; (Hochzeit, Messe) auch celebrate; (Mahlzeit, Schläfchen etc) have, take; (Rede, Vortrag etc) give;Winterschlaf halten hibernate12.sie hält ihn für den Besitzer meist she thinks he’s the owner;ich halte es für richtig, dass er absagt I think he’s right to refuse, I think it’s right that he should refuse;tu, was du für richtig hältst do what you think is right;ich hielte es für gut, wenn wir gingen I think we should go, I think it would be a good idea if we went;für wie alt hältst du ihn? how old do ( oder would) you think he is?;wofür halten Sie mich/sich (eigentlich)? who do you think I am/you are?13.halten von think of;viel/wenig halten von think highly ( stärker: the world)/not think much of;was hältst du von …? what do you think of …?; auffordernd: how about …?;was hältst du davon? what do you think (of it)?;ich halte nicht viel davon I don’t think much of it; von Idee, Gemälde etc: auch I’m not keen on it;sie hält nichts vom Sparen she doesn’t believe in saving14. unpers:wie hältst du es mit …? what do you usually do about …?; (was denkst du über …?) what do you think of ( oder about) …?;so haben wir es immer gehalten we’ve always done it that way;das kannst du halten, wie du willst please (besonders US suit) yourself;ich halte es mit meinem Lehrer, der immer sagte … I go by what my teacher always used to say …; → gehaltenB. v/i1. (fest sein) Knoten, Schnur, Schraube etc: hold; Eis: be (frozen) solid enough to walk on; Brücke: stand the weight of sth/sb; (kleben bleiben) stickder Zug hält hier zehn Minuten the train stops here for ten minutes;hält der Bus am Schlossplatz? does the bus stop at the Schlossplatz?;4. SPORT, Torwart etc: save;sie hält gut she’s good in goal, she’s a good goalkeeper5. in Zustand:das hält gesund/jung! it keeps you healthy/young6. Richtung, mit Waffe: aim (nach for;7.an sich (akk)halten control o.s.;ich musste an mich halten, um nicht zu (+inf) it took great self-control not to (+inf), I could hardly stop ( oder keep) myself (from) (+ger)8.zu jemandem halten stand by sb; Partei nehmend: side with sbC. v/t & v/i1.(viel/wenig) halten auf (+akk) (achten auf) pay (a lot of/little) attention to; (Wert legen auf) set (great/little) store by;wir halten nicht sehr auf Formen we don’t stand on ceremony2.etwas/viel auf sich (akk)halten take pride/a lot of pride in o.s.; äußerlich: be particular/very particular about one’s appearance; gesundheitlich: look after/take great care of one’s health;jeder/kein Handwerker, der (etwas) auf sich hält any/no self-respecting craftsmanD. v/r1. Lebensmittel etc: keep; Schuhe etc: last; Wetter: hold; Preis, Kurs etc: hold; Geschäft, Mode, Restaurant etc: last;sich gut halten Lebensmittel etc: keep well;sie hat sich gut gehalten (ist wenig gealtert) she looks good for her age, she’s well preservedsich in Form halten keep in form; körperlich: auch keep fit;versteckt halten remain hidden ( oder in hiding)3. (standhalten) hold out;wacker halten hold one’s own (gegen against), do well;sich halten als maintain one’s position as;4.sich an das Gesetz halten comply with ( oder abide by) the law;der Film hält sich eng an die Vorlage the film keeps very close to the original; möchten Sie einen Sherry? - nein,ich halte mich lieber an alkoholfreie Getränke I’d rather stick to ( oder with) something non-alcoholic;heute werde ich mich mal an den Tee halten I’m going to stick to tea today5. Haltung, Lage, Richtung:sich links/rechts halten keep to the left/right;sich südlich halten keep on south, keep going in a southerly direction;aufrecht halten hold o.s. very straight ( oder erect);sich kaum noch auf den Beinen halten können hardly be able to stand;sich oft abseits halten often keep (o.s.) to o.s.;halt dich immer dicht hinter mir keep very close behind me6. (beherrschen):kaum mehr halten können not be able to contain o.s.;kaum mehr halten können vor Freude/Zorn etc be so happy/angry etc that one can no longer contain o.s.;sich (vor Lachen) nicht mehr halten können umg not be able to keep a straight face, not be able to stop o.s. ( oder keep from) laughing7.sie hält sich mal wieder für besonders schlau she thinks she’s been terribly clever again; → auch A 12, bereithalten* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (auch Milit.) holdsich (Dat.) den Kopf/den Bauch halten — hold one's head/stomach
jemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand
etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light
2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up <speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note
Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace
4) (erfüllen) keepsein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise
5) (besitzen, beschäftigen, beziehen) keep <chickens etc.>; take <newspaper, magazine, etc.>jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest
ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty
viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something
Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach
seinen Mittagsschlaf halten — have one's or an afternoon nap
9) (zurückhalten) keep11) (nicht aufgeben)ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going
12) (behandeln) treat13) (vorziehen)es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something
14) (verfahren)es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently
15) (gestalten)2.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb1) (stehen bleiben) stop2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) lastder Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer
diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]
3) (Sport) save4) (beistehen)zu jemandem halten — stand or stick by somebody
5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)6) (Seemannsspr.) headauf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something
an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself
8) (achten)3.1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]
sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing
sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect
5) (bleiben)sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle
6) (gehen, bleiben)sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right
sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody
7) (befolgen)sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something
9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)* * *v.(§ p.,pp.: hielt, gehalten)= to bear v.(§ p.,p.p.: bore, borne)to clamp v.to halt v.to hold v.(§ p.,p.p.: held)to keep v.(§ p.,p.p.: kept)to retain v.to uphold v.(§ p.,p.p.: upheld) -
2 Halten
n; -s, kein Pl.: zum Halten bringen stop, bring to a halt ( oder stop); Halten verboten! no stopping; da gab es kein Halten mehr there was no holding them etc. (back)* * *das Halten(Besitzen) keeping;(Festhalten) holding* * *hạl|ten ['haltn] pret hielt [hiːlt] ptp geha\#lten [gə'haltn]1. TRANSITIVES VERB1) = festhalten to holdjdm etw halten — to hold sth for sb
jdm den Mantel halten — to hold sb's coat (for him/her)
den Kopf/Bauch halten — to hold one's head/stomach
2)= in eine bestimmte Position bringen
etw gegen das Licht halten — to hold sth up to the light3)= tragen
die drei Pfeiler halten die Brücke — the three piers support the bridgemeinst du, der kleine Nagel hält das schwere Ölbild? — do you think this small nail will take the weight of the heavy oil painting?
nur zwei morsche Bretter hielten den Balkon noch — there were only two rotten boards holding the balcony up
zwei Schlaufen halten den Vorhang an der Seite — two loops hold back the curtain
4) = zurückhalten, aufhalten to hold; (SPORT) to savedie Wärme/Feuchtigkeit halten — to retain heat/moisture
das ist ein toller Torwart, der hält jeden Ball! — he's a great goalkeeper, he makes great saves!
ich konnte ihn/es gerade noch halten — I just managed to grab hold of him/it
haltet den Dieb! — stop thief!
sie ist nicht zu halten (fig) — there's no holding her back
den Schnabel or Mund halten (inf) — to keep one's mouth shut (inf)
eine Perserkatze/einen Hausfreund halten — to have a Persian cat/a live-in lover
wir können uns kein Auto halten —
(
sich dat) eine Zeitung/Zeitschrift halten — to get a paper/magazine7) = einhalten, erfüllen to keepman muss halten, was man verspricht — a promise is a promise
der Film hält nicht, was er/der Titel verspricht — the film doesn't live up to expectations/its title
8) = beibehalten, aufrechterhalten Niveau to keep up, to maintain; Tempo, Disziplin, Temperatur to maintain; Kurs to keep to, to holddie These lässt sich nicht länger halten or ist nicht länger zu halten — this hypothesis is no longer tenable
(mit jdm) Verbindung halten — to keep in touch( with sb)
viel Sport hält jung/schlank — doing a lot of sport keeps you young/slim
wenn es neblig ist, sollten Sie den Abstand immer so groß wie möglich halten — if it's foggy you should always stay as far as possible from the car in front
9) = behandeln to treatdie Gefangenen werden in diesen Gefängnissen wie Tiere gehalten — the prisoners are treated like animals in these prisons
10)= handhaben, verfahren mit
das kannst du (so) halten, wie du willst — that's entirely up to youwie halten Sie es mit Ihrer Steuererklärung? — how do you deal with your tax return?
er hält es nicht so sehr mit der Sauberkeit — he's not over-concerned about cleanliness
es mehr or lieber mit jdm/etw halten — to prefer sb/sth
11)= gestalten
ein in Brauntönen gehaltener Raum — a room done in different shades of browndas Kleid ist in dunklen Tönen gehalten — it is a dark-coloured (Brit) or dark-colored (US) dress
das Mobiliar ist in einem hellen Holz gehalten — the furniture is made of a light wood
12) = veranstalten, abhalten Fest, Pressekonferenz to give; Rede to make; Gottesdienst, Zwiesprache to hold; Wache to keepSelbstgespräche halten — to talk to oneself
Mittagsschlaf halten — to have an afternoon nap
13) = einschätzen, denkendiams; jdn/etw für etw halten to think sb/sth sthetw für angebracht/schön halten — to think or consider sth appropriate/beautiful
jdn für ehrlich halten — to think or consider sb honest
ich habe ihn ( irrtümlich) für seinen Bruder gehalten — I (mis)took him for his brother
ich halte es für Unsinn, alles noch einmal abzuschreiben — I think it's silly to copy everything out againdiams; etw von jdm/etw halten to think sth of sb/sth
nicht viel von jdm/etw halten — not to think much of sb/sth
nicht viel vom Beten/Sparen halten — not to be a great one for praying/saving (inf)
ich halte nichts davon, das zu tun — I'm not in favour (Brit) or favor (US) of (doing) thatdiams; etwas/viel auf etw (acc) halten to consider sth important/very important
der Chef hält viel auf Pünktlichkeit — the boss attaches a lot of importance to punctuality
14)See:→ gehalten2. INTRANSITIVES VERBkann der denn ( gut) halten? — is he a good goalkeeper?
2) = bestehen bleiben, haltbar sein to last; (Konserven) to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Frisur, COMM Preise) to hold; (Stoff) to be hard-wearingder Waffenstillstand hält nun schon drei Wochen — the truce has now held for three weeks
Rosen halten länger, wenn man ein Aspirin ins Wasser tut — roses last longer if you put an aspirin in the water
dieser Stoff hält lange — this material is hard-wearing
3) = stehen bleiben, anhalten to stophalten lassen (Mil) — to call a halt
halt mal, stop! (hum) — hang on (inf) or hold on a minute!
4) andere Redewendungendiams; auf etw (acc) halten (= zielen) to aim at sth; (= steuern) to head for sth; (= Wert legen auf) to attach importance to sthich musste an mich halten, um nicht in schallendes Gelächter auszubrechen — I had to control myself so as not to burst into fits of laughter
3. REFLEXIVES VERB1) diams; sich halten= sich festhalten to hold on (an +dat to)er konnte sich gerade noch an dem Griff halten, als der Zug mit einem scharfen Ruck anfuhr — he just managed to grab hold of the strap when the train suddenly jolted forward
sie konnte sich auf dem glatten Abhang nicht halten — she couldn't keep her footing on the slippery slope
er konnte sich auf dem wilden Mustang nur drei Sekunden halten — he could only stay on the wild mustang three seconds
2) = eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben to carry or hold oneselfsich an die Tatsachen/den Text halten — to keep or stick to the facts/text
3) = sich nicht verändern Lebensmittel, Blumen to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Geruch, Rauch) to linger; (Preise) to hold; (Brauch, Sitte) to continue4) = seine Position behaupten to hold on; (in Kampf) to hold outer hat sich im erbarmungslosen Wettbewerb prächtig gehalten — he held on amazingly in the cut-throat competition
das Geschäft kann sich in dieser Straße nicht halten — the shop can't continue to stay open in this streetdiams; sich gut halten (in Prüfung, Spiel etc) to do well
sie hat sich in der schweren Prüfung unerwartet gut gehalten — she did unexpectedly well in the difficult exam
5) = sich beherrschen to control oneself6)andere Wendungendiams; sich halten an (+acc)
ich halte mich lieber an den Wein — I'd rather keep or stick to wineer hält sich für einen Spezialisten/für besonders klug — he thinks he's a specialist/very clever
* * *1) (to (cause to) stop walking, marching, running etc: The driver halted the train; The train halted at the signals.) halt2) (to give: He delivered a long speech.) deliver3) ((of a car etc) to stop: We drew up outside their house.) draw up4) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) hold5) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) hold6) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) hold7) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) hold8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) hold9) (to look after or care for: She keeps the garden beautifully; I think they keep hens.) keep10) (to act in the way demanded by: She kept her promise.) keep11) (to stand up to use: This material doesn't wear very well.) wear12) (having the body in a state of tension and readiness to act: The animal was poised ready to leap.) poised13) (to suppose or think (that something is the case): Do you take me for an idiot?) take* * *hal·ten[ˈhaltn̩]1.<hielt, gehalten>▪ [jdm] jdn/etw \halten to hold sb/sth [for sb]du musst das Seil ganz fest \halten you must keep a tight grip on the ropehältst du bitte kurz meine Tasche? would you please hold my bag for a moment?jdn/etw im Arm \halten to hold sb/sth in one's armsjdm den Mantel \halten to hold sb's coat [for him/her]2.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn \halten to stop sbhaltet den Dieb! stop the thief!es hält dich niemand nobody's stopping youwenn sie etwas von Sahnetorte hört, ist sie nicht mehr zu \halten if she hears cream gateau mentioned there's no holding her!3.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn \halten to keep sbwarum bleibst du noch bei dieser Firma, was hält dich noch da? why do you stay with the firm, what's keeping you there?mich hält hier nichts [mehr] there's nothing to keep me here [any more]4.<hielt, gehalten>(in eine bestimmte Position bringen)▪ etw irgendwohin/irgendwie \halten to put sth somewhere/in a certain positioner hielt die Hand in die Höhe he put his hand updie Hand vor den Mund \halten to put one's hand in front of one's mouthetw gegen das Licht \halten to hold sth up to the lightdie Hand ins Wasser \halten to put one's hand into the water5.<hielt, gehalten>▪ etw \halten to hold sthnur wenige Pfeiler \halten die alte Brücke just a few pillars support the old bridgeihre Haare wurden von einer Schleife nach hinten ge\halten her hair was held back by a ribbondas Regal wird von zwei Haken ge\halten the shelf is held up by two hooks6.<hielt, gehalten>▪ etw \halten to hold sthich konnte die Tränen nicht \halten I couldn't hold back my tearsdas Ventil konnte den Überdruck nicht mehr \halten the valve could no longer contain the excess pressureer konnte das Wasser nicht mehr \halten he couldn't hold his waterWärme/Feuchtigkeit \halten to retain heat/moisture7.<hielt, gehalten>einen Ball \halten to stop a ballder Tormann konnte den Ball nicht \halten the goalkeeper couldn't stop the balleinen Elfmeter \halten to save a penalty8.<hielt, gehalten>sie hält sich einen Chauffeur she employs a chauffeur; (fig)er hält sich eine Geliebte he has a mistress9.<hielt, gehalten>er hält sich ein Privatflugzeug, eine Segeljacht und ein Rennpferd he keeps a private aircraft, a yacht and a racehorseein Auto \halten to run a carwir können uns kein Auto \halten we can't afford a carHühner/einen Hund \halten to keep chickens/a dog10.<hielt, gehalten>eine Zeitung \halten to take a paper form11.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn irgendwie \halten to treat sb in a certain wayer hält seine Kinder sehr streng he is very strict with his children12.<hielt, gehalten>(beibehalten, aufrechterhalten)▪ etw \halten to keep sthdie Balance [o das Gleichgewicht] \halten to keep one's balanceFrieden \halten to keep the peacedie Geschwindigkeit \halten to keep up speedmit jdm Kontakt \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sbden Kurs \halten to stay on courseOrdnung \halten to keep ordereine Position nicht \halten können to not be able to hold a positioneinen Rekord \halten to hold a recordRuhe \halten to keep quietden Takt \halten to keep timedie Temperatur \halten to maintain the temperatureden Ton \halten to stay in tunezu jdm die Verbindung \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sbdiese Behauptung lässt sich nicht \halten this statement is not tenablehoffentlich kann ich den Weltrekord noch \halten hopefully I can still hold on to the world record13.<hielt, gehalten>MIL (erfolgreich verteidigen)▪ etw \halten to hold sthdie Verteidiger hielten ihre Stellungen weiterhin the defenders continued to hold their positionseine Festung \halten to hold a fortress14.<hielt, gehalten>(nicht aufgeben)ein Geschäft \halten to keep a business going15.<hielt, gehalten>(in einem Zustand erhalten)▪ etw irgendwie \halten to keep sth in a certain conditiondie Fußböden hält sie immer peinlich sauber she always keeps the floors scrupulously cleanden Abstand gleich \halten to keep the distance the samejdn in Atem/in Bewegung/bei Laune \halten to keep sb in suspense/on the go/happyfür jdn das Essen warm \halten to keep sb's meal hotdie Getränke kalt \halten to keep the drinks chilledjdn jung/fit \halten to keep sb young/fit16.<hielt, gehalten>das Haus war innen und außen ganz in Weiß ge\halten the house was completely white inside and outdas Wohnzimmer ist in Blau ge\halten the living room is decorated in blueihr Schlafzimmer ist in ganz in Kirschbaum ge\halten her bedroom is furnished entirely in cherrywooddie Rede war sehr allgemein ge\halten the speech was very generaleinen Brief kurz \halten to keep a letter shortetw schlicht \halten to keep sth simple17.<hielt, gehalten>(abhalten)▪ etw \halten to give sther hielt eine kurze Rede he made a short speechDiät \halten to keep to a dieteinen Gottesdienst \halten to hold a serviceseinen Mittagsschlaf \halten to have an afternoon napeine Rede \halten to give [or make] a speechein Referat \halten to give [or present] a paperSelbstgespräche \halten to talk to oneselfeine Unterrichtsstunde \halten to give a lessonUnterricht \halten to teacheinen Vortrag \halten to give a talkseinen Winterschlaf \halten to hibernate18.<hielt, gehalten>(einhalten, erfüllen)▪ etw \halten to keep sthder Film hält nicht, was der Titel verspricht the film doesn't live up to its titleman muss \halten, was man verspricht a promise is a promisesein Wort/Versprechen \halten to keep one's word/a promise19.<hielt, gehalten>▪ jdn/etw für jdn/etw \halten to take sb/sth for [or to be] sb/sthich habe ihn für seinen Bruder ge\halten I mistook him for his brotherdas halte ich nicht für möglich I don't think that is possiblewofür \halten Sie mich? what do you take me for?jdn für ehrlich/reich \halten to think sb is [or consider sb to be] honest/rich20.<hielt, gehalten>(denken über)▪ etw von jdm/etw \halten to think sth of sb/sthich halte nichts davon, das zu tun I don't think much of doing thater hält nichts vom Beten/Sparen he's not a great one for praying/saving famich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht I think it best/possible/my dutynichts/viel/wenig von jdm/etw \halten to think nothing/a lot/not think much of sb/sth21.<hielt, gehalten>etwas/viel auf jdn \halten to think quite a bit/a lot of sbwenn man etwas auf sich hält... if you think you're somebody...; s.a. Stück22.1. (festhalten) to holdkannst du mal einen Moment \halten? can you hold that for a second?2.<hielt, gehalten>(haltbar sein) to keepwie lange hält der Fisch noch? how much longer will the fish keep?die Schuhe sollten noch bis nächstes Jahr \halten these shoes should last till next year3.<hielt, gehalten>(dauerhaft sein) to holdder das Seil hält nicht mehr länger the rope won't hold much longerdie Tapete hält nicht the wallpaper won't stay ondiese Freundschaft hält schon lange this friendship has been lasting longdie Tür wird jetzt \halten now the door will holddas Regal hält nicht an der Wand the shelf keeps falling off the wall4.<hielt, gehalten>(stehen bleiben, anhalten) to stop\halten Sie bitte an der Ecke! stop at the corner, pleaseetw zum H\halten bringen to bring sth to a stop [or standstill]ein \haltendes Fahrzeug a stationary vehicle5.<hielt, gehalten>SPORT to make a saveunser Tormann hat heute wieder großartig ge\halten our goalkeeper made some great saves todaykann Peters denn gut \halten? is Peters a good goalkeeper?6.<hielt, gehalten>du musst mehr nach rechts \halten you must aim more to the right7.<hielt, gehalten>(sich beherrschen)ich musste an mich \halten, um nicht zu lachen I had to force myself not to laugh8.<hielt, gehalten>(Wert legen auf)[sehr] auf Ordnung \halten to attach [a lot of] importance to tidiness9.<hielt, gehalten>(jdm beistehen)▪ zu jdm \halten to stand [or stick] by sbich werde immer zu dir \halten I will always stand by youich halte zu Manchester United, und du? I support Manchester United, what about you?10.<hielt, gehalten>Sport hält jung sport keeps you youngAlufolie hält frisch aluminium foil keeps things fresh11.<hielt, gehalten>halte mehr nach links keep more to the leftnach Norden \halten to head north12.▶ halt mal,... hang [or hold] on,...du solltest ein bisschen mehr auf dich \halten (auf das Aussehen achten) you should take more [a] pride in yourself; (selbstbewusst sein) you should be more self-confidentIII. REFLEXIVES VERB1.<hielt, gehalten>der Kletterer rutschte aus und konnte sich nicht mehr \halten the climber slipped and lost his grip2.<hielt, gehalten>(nicht verderben)im Kühlschrank hält sich Milch gut drei Tage milk keeps for a good three days in the fridge3.<hielt, gehalten>für seine 50 Jahre hat er sich gut ge\halten he has worn well for a 50-year-old4.<hielt, gehalten>halte dich tapfer be brave5.<hielt, gehalten>(nicht verschwinden)manchmal kann der Nebel sich bis in die späten Vormittagsstunden \halten sometimes the fog can last until the late morning6.<hielt, gehalten>ich halte mich an die alte Methode I'll stick to [or stay with] the old methodich halte mich lieber an Mineralwasser I prefer to stay with mineral water7.<hielt, gehalten>(irgendwo bleiben)8.<hielt, gehalten>(eine Richtung beibehalten)\halten Sie sich immer in Richtung Stadtmitte keep going towards the centreder Autofahrer hielt sich ganz rechts the driver kept to the right9.<hielt, gehalten>er hält sich immer an die Vorschriften he always sticks to the rulesder Film hat sich nicht an die Romanvorlage gehalten the film didn't keep [or stick] to the book10.<hielt, gehalten>(sich behaupten)trotz der hauchdünnen Mehrheit hielt sich die Regierung noch über ein Jahr despite its wafer-thin majority the government lasted [or kept going for] over a year11.<hielt, gehalten>(bestehen)die Firma wird sich nicht \halten können the company won't keep going [for long]12.<hielt, gehalten>(eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben)es ist nicht leicht, sich im Gleichgewicht zu \halten it's not easy to keep one's balance13.<hielt, gehalten>er hält sich für besonders klug/einen Fachmann he thinks he's very clever/a specialist14.<hielt, gehalten>ich konnte mich nicht \halten vor Lachen bei dem Anblick I couldn't help laughing at this sight15.▶ sich akk an jdn \halten (sich an jdn wenden) to refer to sb, to ask sb; (jds Nähe suchen) to stick with sb1.<hielt, gehalten>wir \halten es ähnlich we do things in a similar wayes mit einer Sache so/anders \halten to handle [or deal with] sth like this/differentlywie hältst du es in diesem Jahr mit Weihnachten? what are you doing about Christmas this year?wie hältst du's mit der Kirche? what's your attitude towards the church?das kannst du \halten wie du willst that's completely up to you2.<hielt, gehalten>(Neigung haben für)es [mehr [o lieber]] mit jdm/etw halten to prefer sb/sthsie hält es mehr mit ihrer Mutter she gets on better with her motherer hält es nicht so mit der Sauberkeit he's not a great one for cleanliness* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (auch Milit.) holdjemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand
die Hand vor den Mund halten — put one's hand in front of one's mouth
etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light
2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up < speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note
Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace
4) (erfüllen) keepsein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise
jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest
ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty
viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something
Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach
seinen Mittagsschlaf halten — have one's or an afternoon nap
9) (zurückhalten) keep11) (nicht aufgeben)ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going
12) (behandeln) treat13) (vorziehen)es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something
14) (verfahren)es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently
15) (gestalten)2.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb1) (stehen bleiben) stop2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) lastder Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer
diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]
3) (Sport) save4) (beistehen)zu jemandem halten — stand or stick by somebody
5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)6) (Seemannsspr.) headauf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something
an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself
8) (achten)3.1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]
sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing
sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect
5) (bleiben)sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle
sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right
sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody
7) (befolgen)sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something
9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)* * *zum Halten bringen stop, bring to a halt ( oder stop);Halten verboten! no stopping;da gab es kein Halten mehr there was no holding them etc (back)* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (auch Milit.) holdsich (Dat.) den Kopf/den Bauch halten — hold one's head/stomach
jemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand
etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light
2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up <speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note
Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace
4) (erfüllen) keepsein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise
5) (besitzen, beschäftigen, beziehen) keep <chickens etc.>; take <newspaper, magazine, etc.>jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest
ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty
viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something
Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach
seinen Mittagsschlaf halten — have one's or an afternoon nap
9) (zurückhalten) keep11) (nicht aufgeben)ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going
12) (behandeln) treat13) (vorziehen)es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something
14) (verfahren)es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently
15) (gestalten)2.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb1) (stehen bleiben) stop2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) lastder Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer
diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]
3) (Sport) save4) (beistehen)zu jemandem halten — stand or stick by somebody
5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)6) (Seemannsspr.) headauf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something
an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself
8) (achten)3.1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]
sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing
sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect
5) (bleiben)sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle
6) (gehen, bleiben)sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right
sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody
7) (befolgen)sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something
9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)* * *v.(§ p.,pp.: hielt, gehalten)= to bear v.(§ p.,p.p.: bore, borne)to clamp v.to halt v.to hold v.(§ p.,p.p.: held)to keep v.(§ p.,p.p.: kept)to retain v.to uphold v.(§ p.,p.p.: upheld) -
3 keep
[kiːp] past tense, past participle kept [kept]1. verb1) to have for a very long or indefinite period of time:يُحافِظ على، يَحْفَظHe gave me the picture to keep.
2) not to give or throw away; to preserve:يَحْتَفِظ بCan you keep a secret?
3) to (cause to) remain in a certain state or position:How do you keep cool in this heat?
يُبْقي، يَبْقىWill you keep me informed of what happens?
4) to go on (performing or repeating a certain action):يَسْتَمِرHe kept walking.
5) to have in store:يَحْتَفِظ بI always keep a tin of baked beans for emergencies.
6) to look after or care for:يَعْتَني بI think they keep hens.
7) to remain in good condition:يَبْقى في حالةٍ جيِّدَهThat meat won't keep in this heat unless you put it in the fridge.
8) to make entries in (a diary, accounts etc):يَحْتَفِظ ب، يُسَجِّلHe kept the accounts for the club.
9) to hold back or delay:يَحْجِزSorry to keep you.
10) to provide food, clothes, housing for (someone):يُعيلHe has a wife and child to keep.
11) to act in the way demanded by:يَفي بالوَعْدShe kept her promise.
12) to celebrate:يَحْتَفِلto keep Christmas.
2. nounfood and lodging:قوت، إعالَهOur cat really earns her keep – she kills all the mice in the house.
-
4 hold
I [həuld] past tense, past participle held [held]1. verb1) to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands:يَحْمِلُ في يدهHe held the mouse by its tail.
2) to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc:يُمْسِكُ بHold the stamp with tweezers.
3) to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc:What holds that shelf up?
يَرْفَعُ، يُثَبِّتHold his arms so that he can't struggle.
4) to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain:I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold
يَصْمُد، يبقى ثابِتاWill the anchor hold in a storm?
5) to keep (a person) in some place or in one's power:The police are holding a man for questioning in connection with the murder
يَقْبِض عَلىHe was held captive.
6) to (be able to) contain:يتَّسِعُ لِ، يَحْمِلThis drawer holds all my shirts.
7) to cause to take place:يَجْري، يَعْقِدُWe'll hold the meeting in the hall.
8) to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition:يُبْقي، يَحْتَفِظُ بShe holds herself very erect.
يُشْغِلُHe held the position of company secretary for five years.
10) to think strongly; to believe; to consider or regard:يرى أن، يعتقِد، يَعْتَبِر، يحْتَرِمHe holds certain very odd beliefs.
11) to continue to be valid or apply:يَسْري مَفعوله، ينطبِقThese rules hold under all circumstances.
12) ( with to) to force (a person) to do something he has promised to do:يُلْزِم بI intend to hold him to his promises.
13) to defend:يُدافِعThey held the castle against the enemy.
14) not to be beaten by:يوقِف، يَصُدThe general realized that the soldiers could not hold the enemy for long.
15) to keep (a person's attention):يحافِظ على إنتباهIf you can't hold your pupils' attention, you can't be a good teacher.
16) to keep someone in a certain state:يُبْقيDon't hold us in suspense, what was the final decision?
17) to celebrate:يَجْري، يُقامThe festival is held on 24 June.
18) to be the owner of:يَمْلُك، يَحْتَفِظُ بHe holds shares in this company.
19) (of good weather) to continue:يَسْتَمِر، يَبْقىI hope the weather holds until after the school sports.
20) ( also hold the line) (of a person who is making a telephone call) to wait:يَنْتَظِرMr Brown is busy at the moment – will you hold or would you like him to call you back?
21) to continue to sing:يَسْتَمِر في الغِناءPlease hold that note for four whole beats.
22) to keep (something):يحْتَفِظ، يُبْقي علىThey'll hold your luggage at the station until you collect it.
23) (of the future) to be going to produce:يَجْلِب، يُعْطي، يَحْمِلُI wonder what the future holds for me?
2. noun1) the act of holding:He caught/got/laid/took hold of the rope and pulled
قَبْضَه، مَسْكَهKeep hold of that rope.
2) power; influence:قُوَّه، تَأثيرHe has a strange hold over that girl.
3) (in wrestling etc) a manner of holding one's opponent:مَسْكَة في المُصارَعَه II [həuld] nounThe wrestler invented a new hold.
(in ships) the place, below the deck, where cargo is stored.عَنْبَر أو مَخْزَن السَّفينَه -
5 स्था
sthā1) cl. 1. P. Ā. Dhātup. XXII, 30 ;
tíshṭhati, - te (pf. tasthaú, tasthe RV. etc. etc.;
aor. ásthāt, ásthita ib. ;
3. pl. asthiran RV. AV. Br. ;
āsthat <?> AV. ;
asthishi, - shata Br. etc.;
Subj. sthāti, sthā́thaḥ RV. ;
Prec. stheyāt ib. ;
sthesham, - shuḥ <?> AV. ;
sthāsīshṭa Gr.;
fut. sthātā MBh. etc.;
sthāsyati, - te Br. etc.;
inf. sthā́tum ib. ;
- tos Br. GṛṠrS. ;
- sthitum R. ;
ind. p. sthitvā MBh. etc.;
-sthā́ya RV. etc. etc.;
- sthāyam Bhaṭṭ.), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with pādābhyām, « to stand on the feet» ;
with jānubhyām, « to kneel» ;
with agre orﾠ agratas andﾠ gen., « to stand orﾠ present one's self before» ;
with puras andﾠ with orﾠ without gen., « to stand up against an enemy etc.») RV. etc. etc.;
to stay, remain, continue in any condition orﾠ action (e.g.. with kanyā, « to remain a girl orﾠ unmarried» ;
with tūshṇīm orﾠ with maunena instr. « to remain silent» ;
with sukham, « to continue orﾠ feel well») AV. etc. etc.;
to remain occupied orﾠ engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on, persevere in any act (with loc.;
e.g.. with rājye, « to continue governing» ;
with ṡāsane, « to practise obedience» ;
with bale, « to exercise power» ;
with sva-dharme, « to do one's duty» ;
with sva-karmaṇi, « to keep to one's own business» ;
with saṉṡaye, « to persist in doubting» ;
alsoﾠ with ind. p. e.g.. dharmamāṡritya, « to practise virtue») AV. Mn. MBh. etc.;
to continue to be orﾠ exist (as opp. to « perish»), endure, last TS. Mn. MBh. etc.;
to be, exist, be present, be obtainable orﾠ at hand AV. etc. etc.;
to be with orﾠ at the disposal of, belong to (dat. gen., orﾠ loc.) Mn. MBh. etc.;
(Ā. m. c. alsoﾠ P. cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 23; IV, 34)
to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere orﾠ submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (loc. orﾠ dat.) RV. etc. etc.;
to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate ( seeﾠ under sthitvā below) RV. etc. etc.;
to behave orﾠ conduct one's self (with samam, « to behave equally towards any one» loc.);
to be directed to orﾠ fixed on (loc.) Hariv. Kathās. ;
to be founded orﾠ rest orﾠ depend on, be contained in (loc.) RV. AV. MBh. ;
to rely on, confide in (loc. e.g.. mayisthitvā, « confiding in me») Bhaṭṭ. ;
to stay at, resort to (acc.) R. ;
to arise from (abl. orﾠ gen.) RV. ChUp. ;
to desist orﾠ cease from (abl.) Kathās. ;
to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only Impv. andﾠ Pot.) Kāv. Pañcat.:
Pass. sthīyate (aor. asthāyi), to be stood etc. (frequently used impers. e.g.. mayāsthīyatām, « let it be abided by me» i.e. « I must abide») Br. etc. etc.:
Caus. sthāpayati, - te (aor. átishṭhipat;
ind. p. sthāpayitvā <q.v.> andﾠ -sthā́pam:
Pass. sthāpyate), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute AV. etc. etc.;
to set up, erect, raise, build MBh. R. ;
to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm MBh. R. Suṡr. etc.;
to prop up, support, maintain MBh. Hcat. ;
to affirm, assent Sāh. Nyāyas. Sch. ;
to appoint (to any office loc.) Mn. MBh. etc.;
to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint orﾠ employ as (two acc.;
with dhātrīm, « to employ any one as a nurse» ;
with rakshâ̱rtham, « to appoint any one as guardian» ;
with sajjam, « to make anything ready» ;
with su-rakshitam, « to keep anything well guarded» ;
with svīkṛitya, « to make anything one's own» ;
with pariṡesham, « to leave anythñanything over orﾠ remaining») ṠvetUp. MBh. Kāv. etc.;
to fix, settle, determine, resolve Mn. MBh. etc.;
to fix in orﾠ on, lead orﾠ being into, direct orﾠ turn towards (loc., rarely acc.;
with hṛidi, « to impress on the heart» ;
with manas, « to fix the mind on») AV. etc. etc.;
to introduce orﾠ initiate into, instruct in (loc. e.g.. with naye, « to instruct in a plan orﾠ system») MBh. Kathās. ;
to make over orﾠ deliver up to (loc. orﾠ haste with gen., « into the hands of») Yājñ. Ratnâv. Kathās. ;
to give in marriage MBh. ;
to cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with baddhvā, « to keep bound orﾠ imprisoned») ṠBr. etc. etc.;
to place aside, keep, save, preserve MBh. Hariv.:
Desid. of Caus. - sthāpayishati ( seeﾠ saṉ-sthā):
Desid. tíshṭhāsati, to wish to stand etc. ṠBr.:
Intens. teshṭhīyate;
tāstheti, tāsthāti
+ Gr. cf. Gk. ἱστάναι;
Lat. stare;
Lith. stóti;
Slav. stati;
Germ. stân, stehen;
Eng. stand
sthā́2) ( orﾠ shṭhā́) mfn. (nom. m. n. sthā́s) standing, stationary (often ifc. = « standing, being, existing in orﾠ on orﾠ among» cf. agni-shṭhā, ṛitasthā etc.) RV. PañcavBr. ṠāṇkhṠr. ;
- स्थशस्
-
6 ἵστημι
ἵστημι (Hom.+, ins, pap [Mayser 353]; LXX [Thackeray 247f]; pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog. exc. Ar.) and also ἱστάνω (since I B.C. SIG 1104, 26 ἱστανόμενος; pap [Mayser, loc. cit., with ἀνθιστάνω documented here as early as III B.C.]; Epict. 3, 12, 2; LXX [Ezk 17:14; Thackeray, loc. cit.]; later wr. in Psaltes 236) Ro 3:31; Hs 8, 1, 10 (s. Whittaker on 8, 1, 8; s. B-D-F §93; Mlt-H. 202). Fut. στήσω; 1 aor. ἔστησα; 2 aor. ἔστην, impv. στῆθι, inf. στῆναι, ptc. στάς; pf. ἕστηκα ( I stand), ptc. ἑστηκώς, ός and ἑστώς En 12:3; JosAs 7:2; J 12:29,-ῶσα J 8:9 v.l., neut. ἑστώς Rv 14:1 v.l. (s. B-D-F §96; W-S. §14, 5; Mlt-H. 222) and ἑστός, inf. always ἑστάναι; plpf. εἱστήκειν ( I stood) or ἱστήκειν GPt 2:3, third pl. εἱστήκεισαν Mt 12:46; J 18:18; Ac 9:7; Rv 7:11 (W-H. spell it ἱστ. everywhere); ἑστάκαμεν w. act. mng. 1 Macc 11:34; fut. mid. στήσομαι Rv 18:15. Pass.: 1 fut. σταθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐστάθην (PEg2 65). S. στήκω. Trans.: A. Intr.: B, C, D.A. trans. (pres., impf., fut., 1 aor. act.; s. B-D-F §97, 1; Mlt-H. 241) gener. ‘put, place, set’.① to cause to be in a place or position, set, place, bring, allow to come τινά someone, lit. ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Ac 5:27. εἰς αὐτούς before them 22:30. ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος at someone’s right (hand) Mt 25:33. ἐν μέσῳ in the midst, among 18:2; Mk 9:36; J 8:3. ἐνώπιόν τινος before someone Ac 6:6. Also κατενώπιόν τινος Jd 24. ἐπί τι upon someth. Mt 4:5; Lk 4:9. παρά τινι beside someone 9:47.② to propose someone for an obligation, put forward, propose, lit. (e.g. Just., A I, 60, 3 Μωυσέα … τύπον σταυροῦ … στῆσαι ἐπὶ τῇ ἁγίᾳ σκηνῇ) τινά for a certain purpose: the candidates for election to the apostleship Ac 1:23. μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς 6:13 (cp. Mel., P. 93, 700 ψευδομάρτυρες).③ to set up or put into force, establish, fig. ext. of 1 (cp. Gen 26:3 τὸν ὅρκον; Ex 6:4) τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην Ro 10:3. τὸ δεύτερον (opp. ἀναιρεῖν τὸ πρῶτον, a ref. to sacrificial system) Hb 10:9.—Of legal enforcement κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τ. ἁμαρτίαν Lord, do not hold this sin against them Ac 7:60 (contrast ἀφίημι 1 Macc 13:38f; 15:5; Stephen’s expression=ἄφες Lk 23:34; s. Beginn. IV, ad loc.).④ to validate someth. that is in force or in practice, reinforce validity of, uphold, maintain, validate τὶ someth. fig. ext. of 1 (1 Macc 2:27 τὴν διαθήκην) τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν validate or maintain your own tradition Mk 7:9. νόμον ἱστάνομεν we uphold (the) law Ro 3:31 (s. καταργέω 2).⑤ to cause to be steadfast, make someone stand δυνατεῖ ὁ κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν Ro 14:4.ⓐ set/fix a time a period of time ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 3a) Ac 17:31.ⓑ determine a monetary amount οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια Mt 26:15 (=Zech 11:12 ἔστησαν τὸν μισθόν μου τριάκοντα ἀργύρους), presents a special problem for interpreters because of the author’s theological and narrative interests, which prompt him to connect an allusion here to Zech 11:12 in anticipation of a fulfillment statement at Mt 27:9f, which in haggadic fashion draws on Zech 11:13 in the longer form of the Mt and Jer 32 (Mt 39):7–9 (s. JDoeve, Jewish Hermeneutics in the Synoptic Gospels and Acts, ’54, 185–87). Jer 39:9 and Zech 11:12 use the verb ἱ. in the sense weigh out on scales (Hom.; X., Cyr. 8, 2, 21, Mem. 1, 1, 9 al.; GDI p. 870, n49 A [Ephesus VI B.C.] 40 minas ἐστάθησαν; Is 46:6; Jer 39:9; 2 Esdr 8:25), and some (e.g. BWeiss, HHoltzmann, JWeiss; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 227f; Field, Notes 19f) interpret Mt 26:15 in this sense. Of course Mt’s readers would know that coinage of their time was not ‘weighed out’ and would understand ἱ. in the sense of striking a bargain (ἵστημι=set a price, make an offer, close a bargain: Herodas 7, 68 pair of shoes; BGU 1116, 8 [I B.C.]; 912, 25 [I A.D.]; PRainer 206, 10 [II A.D.] κεφάλαιον), they set out (=offered, allowed) for him (=paid him) 30 silver coins (Wlh., OHoltzmann, Schniewind), but the more sophisticated among them would readily recognize the obsolete mng. Ac 7:60 is sometimes interpreted in a related sense, but the absence of a direct object of amount paid suggests that the pass. is better placed in 3 above.B. intr., aor. and fut. forms① to desist from movement and be in a stationary position, stand still, stop (Hom., Aristot.; Philostrat., Ep. 36, 2 ὁ ποταμὸς στήσεται; TestSol 7:3 οὕτως ἔστη ἡ αὔρα) Lk 24:17. στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς Mt 20:32.—Mk 10:49; Lk 7:14; 17:12; 18:40. στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα Ac 8:38. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν Rv 18:17; cp. vs. 15. ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τοῦ σπηλαίου GJs 19:2. ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ he took his stand on a level place Lk 6:17. Of a star ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον Mt 2:9; also ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου GJs 21:3. Of a flow of blood come to an end ἔστη ἡ ῥύσις τ. αἵματος Lk 8:44 (cp. Ex 4:25 [though HKosmala, Vetus Test. 12, ’62, 28 renders it as an emphatic εἶναι] Heraclid. Pont., Fgm. 49 W.; POxy 1088, 21 [I A.D.]; Cyranides p. 117 note γυναικὶ … αἷμα ἵστημι παραχρῆμα). στῆθι stand Js 2:3. ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἔστη ἄνω his hand remained (motionless) upraised GJs 18:3 (not pap).② to come up in the presence of others, come up, stand, appear ἔμπροσθέν τινος before someone Mt 27:11; Lk 21:36. Also ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 10:30; GJs 11:2 (κατενώπιον TestSol 22:13; Just., D. 127, 3) or ἐπί τινος: σταθήσεσθε you will have to appear Mt 10:18 v.l.; Mk 13:9; ἐπί τοῦ παλατίου AcPl Ha 9, 20. στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον Lk 6:8; cp. vs. 8b; J 20:19, 26 (Vi. Aesopi I c. 6 p. 243, 15 Αἴσωπος στὰς εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀνέκραξεν). Also ἐν μέσῳ Lk 24:36; Ac 17:22; Ox 1 verso, 11 (s. Unknown Sayings, 69–71). ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the court GJs 15:2. Cp. J 21:4; Rv 12:18; Lk 7:38. Step up or stand to say someth. or make a speech Lk 18:11. Cp. 19:8; Ac 2:14; 5:20; 11:13 al. ἔστησαν … προσδοκῶντες τὸν Ζαχαρίαν they stood waiting for Z. GJs 24:1. Pract. in the sense of the pf. δυνάμενοι … ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ στῆναι (the cult images) which could not remain standing AcPl Ha 1, 20 (cp. ἵστατο δένδρον κυπάρισσος TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 17 [Stone p. 6]; ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἱστάμεθα GrBar 6:13).③ to stand up against, resist, w. πρὸς and acc. offer resistance (Thu. 5, 104) Eph 6:11; abs. resist (Ex 14:13) vs. 13. (Cp. the term στάσις in the sense of ‘rebellion’.)④ stand firm so as to remain stable, stand firm, hold one’s ground (Ps 35:13) in battle (X., An. 1, 10, 1) Eph 6:14. σταθήσεται will stand firm Ro 14:4a. τίς δύναται σταθῆναι; Rv 6:17. εἰς ἣν στῆτε stand fast in it (Goodsp., Probs. 198) 1 Pt:12. Of house, city, or kingdom Mt 12:25f; Mk 3:24f; Lk 11:18. Cp. Mk 3:26. The OT expr. (Dt 19:15) ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1.⑤ come to a standing position, stand up ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας on one’s feet (Ezk 2:1) Ac 26:16; Rv 11:11. Abs. Ac 3:8.C. intr., perf. and plupf.① to be in a standing position, I stand, I stood of bodily position, e.g. of a speaker J 7:37; Ac 5:25, of hearers J 12:29 or spectators Mt 27:47; Lk 23:35; Ac 1:11, of accusers Lk 23:10. Cp. J 18:5, 16, 18ab, 25; 19:25; Ac 16:9 al.② to be at a place, stand (there), be (there), w. the emphasis less on ‘standing’ than on ‘being, existing’.ⓐ position indicated by adv. of place ἔξω Mt 12:46f; Lk 8:20; 13:25. μακρόθεν Lk 18:13. ἀπὸ μακρόθεν at a distance 23:49; Rv 18:10. ἐκεῖ Mk 11:5. ὅπου 13:14. ὧδε Mt 16:28; 20:6b. αὐτοῦ Lk 9:27; ἀπέναντι AcPl Ha 3, 30.ⓑ w. place indicated by a prep. ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος at the right (hand) of someone or someth. Lk 1:11; Ac 7:55f (HOwen, NTS 1, ’54/55, 224–26). ἐν αὐτοῖς among them Ac 24:21; w. ἐν and dat. of place Mt 20:3; 24:15; J 11:56; Rv 19:17. ἐν μέσῳ J 8:9 v.l. μέσος ὑμῶν 1:26 (v.l. στήκει). ἐπί w. gen. (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 66; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 209 Jac. ἐπὶ τ. θύρας) Ac 5:23; 21:40; 24:20; 25:10; Rv 10:5, 8; AcPl Ha 7, 37; w. dat. Ac 7:33; w. acc. Mt 13:2; Rv 3:20; 7:1; 14:1; 15:2; GJs 5:2 (ἕστηκας codd., ἔστης pap). παρά w. acc. of place Lk 5:1f. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:22. πρό w. gen. of place Ac 12:14. πρός w. dat. of place J 20:11. σύν τινι Ac 4:14. μετά τινος AcPl Ha 11, 3. κύκλῳ τινός around someth. Rv 7:11. W. ἐνώπιον (functioning as prep.) ἐνώπιόν τινος Rv 7:9; 11:4; 12:4; 20:12.ⓒ abs. (Epict. 4, 1, 88 ἑστῶσα of the citadel, simply standing there; Tat. 26, 2 παρατρέχοντας μὲν ὑμᾶς, ἑστῶτα δὲ τὸν αἰῶνα) Mt 26:73; J 1:35; 3:29; 20:14; Ac 22:25. τὰ πρόβατα εἱστήκει the sheep stood still GJs 18:2 (not pap). The verb standing alone in the sense stand around idle (Eur., Iph. Aul. 861; Aristoph., Av. 206, Eccl. 852; Herodas 4, 44) Mt 20:6a. ἀργός can be added (Aristoph., Eccl. 879f, Pax 256 ἕστηκας ἀργός) vs. 6a v.l., 6b (w. the question cp. Eubulus Com., Fgm. 15, 1 K. τί ἕστηκας ἐν πύλαις; Herodas 5, 40). W. modifying words (Pla., Phdr. 275d ἕστηκε ὡς ζῶντα τὰ ἔκγονα) εἱστήκεισαν ἐνεοί they stood there speechless Ac 9:7. ὡς ἐσφαγμένον Rv 5:6. cp. Ac 26:6. εἱστήκει ἀπεκδεχόμενος AcPl Ant 13, 22 (=Aa I, 237, 5).③ to stand in attendance on someone, attend upon, be the servant of Rv 8:2 (RCharles, Rv ICC vol. 1, p. 225).④ stand firm in belief, stand firm of personal commitment in gener. (opp. πεσεῖν), fig. ext. of 1, 1 Cor 10:12; 2 Cl 2:6. τ. πίστει ἕστηκας you stand firm because of your faith Ro 11:20; cp. 2 Cor 1:24. ὸ̔ς ἕστηκεν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος one who stands firm in his heart 1 Cor 7:37. ὁ θεμέλιος ἕστηκεν the foundation stands (unshaken) 2 Ti 2:19 (Stob. 4, 41, 60 [vol. V, p. 945]: Apelles, when he was asked why he represented Tyche [Fortune] in a sitting position, answered οὐχ ἕστηκεν γάρ=because she can’t stand, i.e. has no stability; Hierocles 11, 441 ἑστῶτος τοῦ νόμου=since the law stands firm [unchanged]; Procop. Soph., Ep. 47 μηδὲν ἑστηκὸς κ. ἀκίνητον; 75).⑤ to be in a condition or state, stand or be in someth., fig. ext. of 1; grace (Hierocles 12, 446 ἐν ἀρετῇ) Ro 5:2; within the scope of the gospel 1 Cor 15:1; in truth J 8:44.D. intr., pres. mid. to have a beginning, begin, calendaric expression (as old as Hom.) μὴν ἱστάμενος the month just beginning (oft. ins) MPol 21—B. 835. DELG. M-M. TW. -
7 tenir
tenir [t(ə)niʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 22━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque tenir fait partie d'une locution comme tenir compagnie, tenir chaud, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <b. ( = maintenir dans un certain état) to keepc. ( = gérer) [+ hôtel, magasin, comptes, maison, ménage] to keepd. ( = détenir) to have• si je le tenais ! just let me get my hands on him!• parfait, je tiens mon article great, now I have my article• qu'est-ce qu'il tient ! (inf) ( = il est ivre) he's plastered (inf!) ; ( = il est idiot) he's such an idiot!e. ( = contrôler) [+ enfant, classe] to have under controlf. ( = organiser) [+ séance, réunion, conférence] to hold• il tenait sa droite [conducteur] he was keeping to the righth. ( = contenir) [récipient] to hold• avec tout ce travail, est-ce qu'il pourra tenir le coup ? with all that work will he be able to cope?j. ( = respecter) [+ promesse, pari, planning] to keep tok. (locutions)► tenir qn/qch pour ( = considérer comme) to regard sb/sth as• elle le tient pour responsable de l'accident she holds him responsible for the accident► tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb• tiens, voilà mon frère ! oh, there's my brother!• tiens, tiens ! well, well!2. <a. ( = rester en place) [objet fixe, nœud, clou] to hold ; [objets empilés, échafaudage] to stay up• la branche est cassée mais elle tient encore the branch is broken but it's still attached to the treeb. ( = durer) [accord, beau temps, coiffure] to hold ; [couleur] to be fast ; [mariage, fleurs] to last• ça tient toujours, notre pique-nique ? (inf) is our picnic still on?c. ( = résister) to hold out• il fait trop chaud, on ne tient plus ici it's too hot - we can't stand it here any longer• à cette table, on peut tenir à huit this table can seat eight3. <• tenir à ( = être attaché à) [+ réputation, opinion de qn] to care about ; [+ objet, personne] to be fond of ; ( = avoir pour cause) to be due to• tu veux aller au cinéma ? -- je n'y tiens pas do you want to go to the cinema? -- not particularly• il tient à ce que nous sachions... he is anxious that we should know...• tu viens avec nous ? -- si tu y tiens are you coming with us? -- if you really want me to• à quoi ça tient ? why is that?• tenir de ( = ressembler à) [+ parent] to take after4. <( = dépendre de) to depend► qu'à cela ne tienne ! no problem!5. <b. ( = être dans une position) se tenir debout to be standing up• redresse-toi, tu te tiens mal stand up straight, you're slouchingc. ( = se conduire) to behave• il n'a qu'à bien se tenir ! he'd better behave himself!d. ( = avoir lieu) [conférence, réunion] to be held ; [festival] to take placee. ( = être cohérent) [raisonnement] to hold togetherf. (locutions)► tiens-toi bien ! wait till you hear the next bit!• tu sais combien elle a gagné ? tiens-toi bien: 3 millions ! do you know how much she won? you won't believe it! - 3 million!► s'en tenir à ( = se limiter à) to confine o.s. to ; ( = se satisfaire de) to content o.s. with• je sais à quoi m'en tenir sur son compte I know the sort of man he is► se tenir pour ( = se considérer comme)• tenez-vous-le pour dit ! (avertissement) you've been warned!* * *təniʀ
1.
1) ( serrer) to holdtiens! — ( voici) here you are!; ( écoute-moi) look!
tiens! c'est pour toi — ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!
2) ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [somebody] under control3) Armée to hold4) ( avoir attrapé) to holdje te tiens! — I've caught ou got you!
pendant que je te tiens — fig whilst I've got you
tenir une grippe — (colloq) to have flu GB ou the flu US
5) ( posséder) to have [renseignements]6) ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi]; to run [boutique, maison, journal]; to be in charge of [standard, bureau d'accueil]7) ( garder) to keep‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ — ‘keep out of reach of children’
tenir une note — Musique to hold a note
8) ( conserver une position)9) ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]10) ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]11) ( résister)tenir la mer — [navire] to be seaworthy
tenir le coup — (physiquement, moralement) to hold out
tenir le choc — [matériel] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain
12) ( contenir) to hold [quantité, litres]13) ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]14) ( considérer)tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour responsable — to hold somebody/something responsible
2.
tenir à verbe transitif indirecttenir à — to be fond of, to like
tenir à sa réputation/à la vie — to value one's reputation/one's life
2) ( vouloir)3) ( être dû à)
3.
tenir de verbe transitif indirect1) ( ressembler à)il a de qui tenir — (colloq) you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from
2) ( s'apparenter à)
4.
verbe intransitif1) ( rester en place) [attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick (à to); [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in2) ( résister)tenir (bon) — ( surmonter les conditions) to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on; Armée to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on
tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion — to last without cigarettes till the end of the meeting
il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne — (colloq) there's no question of watching television
3) ( durer)la couleur n'a pas tenu — the colour [BrE] has faded
4) ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; [alibi] to stand up5) ( être contenu) [personnes, objets] to fit ( dans into)tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur — to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough ( dans for)
5.
se tenir verbe pronominal1) ( soi-même) to hold2) ( l'un l'autre)3) ( s'accrocher) to hold ontiens-toi or tenez-vous bien — (colloq) fig prepare yourself for a shock
4) ( demeurer)se tenir accroupi/allongé — to be squatting/stretched out
se tenir tranquille — ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself
se tenir immobile — ( debout) to stand still
5) ( se comporter) to behave6) ( avoir une posture)se tenir bien/mal — to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture
tiens-toi droit! — ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!
7) ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held8) ( être liés) [événements] to fit together9) ( être cohérent) [raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together10) ( se considérer)tenez-vous le pour dit! — (colloq) I don't want to have to tell you again!
11) ( être fidèle)12) ( se limiter)
6.
verbe impersonnel
7.
tiens exclamation oh!tiens (donc), vous voilà! — oh, there you are!
tiens, vous croyez? — do you think so?
tiens donc! — iron fancy that!
tiens tiens (tiens)! — well, well!
* * *t(ə)niʀ1. vt1) (avec sa main) to holdTu peux tenir la lampe, s'il te plaît? — Can you hold the torch, please?
Il tenait un enfant par la main. — He was holding a child by the hand.
2) (= gérer) [magasin, hôtel] to run3) [promesse, engagement] to keep4) (= considérer)5) (= occuper)6) (= résister à)7) (= garder, maintenir)Tenez votre chien en laisse. — Keep your dog on the lead.
8) (= avoir reçu)tenir qch de qn [histoire] — to have heard sth from sb, [qualité, défaut] to have inherited sth from sb, to have got sth from sb
2. vi1) (= ne pas se défaire) [noeud, joint] to hold2) (= ne pas disparaître) [neige, gel] to last3) (= résister) (= survivre) to survivetiens, voilà le stylo! — there's the pen!
5) (exclamatif)Tiens, c'est Alain là-bas! — Look, that's Alain over there!
6)tenir à [ami, objet] — to be attached to, to care for
Il tient beaucoup à elle. — He's very attached to her., (= avoir pour cause) to be due to, to stem from, (= dépendre de)
tenir à faire — to really want to do, to be determined to do
Elle tient à y aller. — She's determined to go.
7)tenir de (= relever de) — to partake of, (= ressembler à) to take after
Il tient de son père. — He takes after his father.
* * *tenir verb table: venirA vtr1 ( serrer) to hold [objet, personne, animal]; tiens-moi ça hold this (for me); tiens-moi hold me; tiens-moi la main hold my hand; tenir qn par la main/le bras to hold sb's hand/arm; tenir un enfant contre sa poitrine to hold a child to one's breast; tenir qch à la main/dans ses mains to hold sth in one's hand/in one's hands; tenir un couteau par le manche to hold a knife by the handle; tenir la rampe to hold onto the banister; tenir son chien to hold one's dog; tenir fermement qch to hold sth firmly ou tightly; tenir qch serré sous le bras to hold sth firmly ou tightly under one's arm; tiens!, tenez! ( voici) here you are!; ( écoutez-moi) look!; tiens! c'est pour toi ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!; si je le tenais! if I could get or lay my hands on him!; bien tenir to hold on to [portefeuille, chien]; faire tenir une lettre/un message à qn† to dispatch a letter/a message to sb; ⇒ deux;2 ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [sb] under control [élèves, enfants]; tenir sa classe to control one's class well; tenir son cheval Équit to keep one's horse well in hand; il nous tient he's got a hold on us;3 Mil (occuper, contrôler) to hold [colline, pont, ville]; tenir la première place Sport to be in first place;4 ( avoir attrapé) to hold [animal, coupable, meurtrier]; je te tiens! I've caught ou got you!; pendant que je te tiens fig whilst I've got you; tenir une grippe○ to have flu GB ou the flu US;5 ( posséder) to have [preuves, renseignements]; il tient le sujet de son prochain roman he's got the subject of his next novel; tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb [trait physique, caractère, information]; il tient ses yeux bleus de son père he gets his blue eyes from his father; il tient ses informations d'un ami he got his information from a friend; je tiens cette nouvelle de Paul I got this news from Paul; d'où or de qui tenez-vous ce renseignement? where did you get that information?; d'où tenez-vous cette certitude? what makes you so certain?; elle tient ses bijoux de sa mère she inherited her jewels from her mother;6 ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi, poste, assemblée]; to run [café, boutique, maison, journal, municipalité]; to be in charge of, to be on duty on [standard, bureau d'accueil]; bien tenir sa maison to keep one's house spick and span; tenir la comptabilité to keep the books;7 ( garder) to keep; tenir qn occupé to keep sb busy; tenir sa chambre propre to keep one's room tidy; tenir les aliments au frais to keep food in a cool place; ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ ‘keep out of reach of children’; tenir un accord secret to keep an agreement secret; tenir la porte fermée to keep the door closed; tenir une note Mus to hold a note; tenir un article† to carry an item; tenir les cours† Fin to maintain prices;8 ( conserver une position) tenir sa tête droite/immobile to hold one's head upright/still; tenir les bras écartés to hold one's arms apart; tenir les mains/les bras en l'air to hold up one's hands/one's arms; tenir les yeux ouverts/baissés to keep one's eyes open/lowered; tenir les poings serrés to keep one's fists clenched;9 ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]; tenir la porte fermée avec son pied to hold the door shut with one's foot;10 ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]; to keep [rythme] ; tenir sa droite/sa gauche to keep to the right/to the left; tenir le large to stay in open waters;11 ( résister) ne pas tenir la comparaison not to bear comparison; tenir l'eau to be waterproof; tenir la mer [navire] to be seaworthy; tenir le coup (physiquement, moralement) to hold out; tenir le choc lit [matériel, appareil, verre] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain;12 ( contenir) to hold [quantité]; tenir vingt litres to hold twenty litresGB; ma voiture ne tient que deux personnes there's room for only two people in my car;13 ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, place, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]; tenir peu de place not to take up much room; tenir la place de deux personnes to take up as much room as two people; le monument tient le centre de la place the monument stands in the centreGB of the square;14 ( considérer) tenir qch pour sacré to hold sth sacred; tenir qn pour responsable to hold sb responsible; je le tiens pour un lâche I consider him (to be) a coward; je tiens mes renseignements pour exacts I consider my information to be correct; tenir qn pour mort to give sb up for dead; tenir pour certain que to regard it as certain that.B tenir à vtr ind1 ( avoir de l'attachement pour) tenir à to be fond of, to like [personne, objet]; tenir à sa réputation/à la vie to value one's reputation/one's life; il tient à son argent he can't bear to be parted from his money; tenir à son indépendance to like one's independence; tenir au corps [aliment] to be nourishing;2 ( vouloir) j'y tiens I insist; si vous y tenez if you insist; tenir à faire to want to do; elle tient à vous parler she insists on speaking to you; je ne tiens pas à faire I'd rather not do; tenir à ce que qn fasse to insist that sb should do; je ne tiens pas à ce qu'elle fasse I'd rather she didn't do; je tiens beaucoup à la revoir I'd really like to see her again; il tient à rentrer avant la nuit he's anxious to get home before dark; nous tenons absolument à vous avoir à dîner bientôt you really must come to dinner soon; ne reste pas si tu n'y tiens pas don't stay if you don't want to;3 ( être dû à) tenir à to be due to; la mauvaise récolte tient au manque d'eau the poor harvest is due to a lack of water; tes erreurs tiennent à ton inexpérience your mistakes are due to your lack of experience.C tenir de vtr ind1 ( ressembler à) tenir de to take after; tenir de sa mère/son père to take after one's mother/one's father; il a de qui tenir○ you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from; de qui peut-elle tenir pour être si méchante? where does she get her nastiness from?;D vi1 ( rester en place) [clou, attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick; [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in; tenir au mur avec de la colle/des épingles ( adhérer) to stick to the wall with glue/pins; tenir sur une jambe/un pied to stand on one leg/one foot; ces chaussures ne me tiennent pas aux pieds these shoes won't stay on my feet;2 ( résister) tenir (bon) ( surmonter les conditions) [personne, matériel] to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on, to hold out; Mil to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on; tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to last ou go without cigarettes till the end of the meeting; tenir jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to hold out until the end of the meeting; tenir économiquement to hold ou last out in economic terms; j'espère que ma voiture va tenir (bon) I hope my car will last out; on a voulu me renvoyer mais j'ai tenu (bon) they wanted to fire me but I hung on; je ne peux plus (y) tenir I can't stand it any longer; il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne○ there's no question of watching television;3 ( durer) le plan tient-il toujours? is the plan still on?; leur mariage tient encore their marriage is still holding together; le soleil n'a pas tenu longtemps the sun didn't last long; la neige tient/ne tient pas the snow is settling/is not settling; les fleurs n'ont pas tenu the flowers didn't last long; la couleur n'a pas tenu the colourGB has faded; tenir au lavage [couleur] not to run in the wash GB ou laundry US;4 ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; ton alibi ne tient plus your alibi no longer stands up; ‘ça tient toujours pour demain?’ ‘is it still all right for tomorrow?’;5 ( être contenu) [personnes, véhicule, meubles, objets] to fit (dans into); mes vêtements tiendront dans une valise my clothes will fit into one suitcase; tenir à six dans une voiture to fit six into a car; faire tenir six personnes dans une voiture to fit six people into a car; mon article tient en trois pages my article takes up only three pages; tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough (dans for); tenir en hauteur dans une pièce to fit into a room (heightwise); ne pas tenir en hauteur/largeur/longeur to be too tall/wide/long (dans for); ne pas tenir en largeur dans un espace to be too wide for a space.E se tenir vpr1 ( soi-même) [personne] to hold [tête, ventre, bras]; se tenir la tête de douleur to hold one's head in pain; se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold one's head in one's hands;2 ( l'un l'autre) se tenir par le bras [personnes] to be arm in arm; ils se tenaient par la taille they had their arms around each other's waists; se tenir par la main [personnes] to hold hands;3 ( s'accrocher) to hold on; se tenir par les pieds to hold on with one's feet; se tenir à une branche/à la rampe to hold onto a branch/onto the banisters; se tenir d'une main à qch to hold onto sth with one hand; tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien○ fig prepare yourself for a shock;4 ( demeurer) se tenir accroupi/allongé/penché/courbé/à genoux to be squatting/stretched out/leaning/bent over/kneeling; se tenir au milieu/à la porte ( debout) to be standing in the middle/at the door; se tenir caché/sans bouger/au chaud to stay hidden/still/in the warm; se tenir prêt to be ready; se tenir tranquille ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself; se tenir immobile ( debout) to stand still;5 ( se comporter) to behave; se tenir bien/mal to behave well/badly; savoir se tenir to know how to behave; tiens-toi bien! behave yourself!;6 ( avoir une posture) se tenir droit or bien/mal to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture; tiens-toi droit! ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!;7 ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held; la réunion se tiendra au Caire the meeting will be held in Cairo;8 ( être liés) [événements] to fit together;9 ( être cohérent) [exposé, raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together; il n'y a rien à dire, tout se tient there's nothing to be said, it all holds together; ça se tient it makes sense;10 ( se considérer) se tenir pour to consider oneself to be; je me tiens pour satisfait des résultats I consider myself to be satisfied with the results; tenez-vous le pour dit○! I don't want to have to tell you again!;11 ( être fidèle) s'en tenir à to stand by; je m'en tiendrai à ma promesse/notre accord/leur décision I will stand by my promise/our agreement/their decision;12 ( se limiter) s'en tenir à to keep to; s'en tenir au minimum/au sujet to keep to a minimum/to the point; s'en tenir aux ordres to stick to orders; s'en tenir là to leave it there; ne pas savoir à quoi s'en tenir avec qn/qch not to know what to make of sb/sth.F v impers il ne tient qu'à toi de partir it's up to you to decide whether to leave; qu'à cela ne tienne! never mind!G tiens excl oh!; tiens (donc), vous voilà! oh, there you are!; tiens, je parie que c'est ta mère! oh! I bet it's your mother; tiens, vous croyez? do you think so?; tiens, tu es invité aussi? oh! so you've been invited as well?; tiens, tu n'étais pas au courant? didn't you know?; tiens donc! iron fancy that!; tiens tiens (tiens)! well, well!en tenir pour qn to have a crush on sb.[tənir] verbe transitifA.[AVOIR DANS LES MAINS]1. [retenir] to hold (on to)je tenais mal la bouteille et elle m'a échappé I wasn't holding the bottle tightly enough and it slipped2. [manier] to holdtu tiens mal ta raquette/ton arc you're not holding your racket/your bow properlyB.[CONSERVER]tiens-lui la porte, il est chargé hold the door open for him, he's got his hands full2. [garder - note] to hold‘tenez votre droite’a. [sur la route] ‘keep (to the) right’b. [sur un Escalator] ‘keep to the right’4. (Belgique) [collectionner] to collectC.[POSSÉDER]1. [avoir reçu]tenir quelque chose de quelqu'un [par hérédité] to get something from somebody[avoir à sa merci] to have gotah, ah, petit coquin, je te tiens! got you, you little devil!si je tenais celui qui a défoncé ma portière! just let me get ou lay my hands on whoever smashed in my car door!elle m'a tenu une heure avec ses histoires de divorce I had to listen to her going on about her divorce for a whole hourpendant que je vous tiens (au téléphone), pourrais-je vous demander un service? since I'm speaking to you (on the phone), may I ask you a favour?3. [détenir - indice, information, preuve] to have ; [ - contrat] to have, to have won ; [ - réponse, solution] to have (found) ou gottenir quelque chose de [l'apprendre] to have (got) something fromil a eu des troubles psychologiques — de qui tenez-vous cela? he's had psychological problems — who told you that?nous tenons de source sûre/soviétique que... we have it on good authority/we hear from Soviet sources that...tenir quelque chose de [le tirer de]: je tiens mon autorité de l'État I derive my power from the stateelle en tient une couche! (familier) she's as thick as two short planks (UK), what a dumb bell! (US)il en tient une bonne ce soir (familier) he's had a skinful (UK) ou he's three sheets to the wind tonightb. [il est ivre] he's really plastered!4. [transmettre]nous vous ferons tenir une copie des documents (soutenu) we will make sure you receive a copy of the documentsD.[CONTRÔLER, AVOIR LA RESPONSABILITÉ DE]1. [avoir prise sur, dominer] to holdquand la colère le tient, il peut être dangereux he can be dangerous when he's angryla jalousie le tenait jealousy had him in its grip, he was gripped by jealousy[avoir de l'autorité sur - classe, élève] to (keep under) controltenir la caisse to be at the cash desk, to be the cashierelle tient la rubrique artistique à "Madame" she has a regular Arts column in "Madame"le soir, il tenait le bar at night he used to serve behind the barle tribunal tiendra audience dans le nouveau bâtiment the court hearings will be held in the new buildingtenir des propos désobligeants/élogieux to make offensive/appreciative remarks5. [astreint à]je me sens tenu de la prévenir I feel morally obliged ou duty-bound to warn her7. ÉQUITATION [cheval] to keep in handE.[EXPRIME UNE MESURE]tenir une place importante to have ou to hold an important place2. [contenir] to holdF.[ÊTRE CONSTANT DANS]1. [résister à] (to be able) to takea. (familier) [assemblage, vêtements] to hold outb. [digue] to hold (out)c. [personne] (to be able) to take itle soir, je ne tiens pas le coup I can't take late nightstenir une promesse to keep ou to fulfil a promise[s'engager dans - pari]je tiens la gageure ou le pari! I'll take up the challenge!tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour to consider somebody/something to be, to look upon somebody/something as————————[tənir] verbe intransitif1. [rester en position - attache] to hold ; [ - chignon] to stay up, to hold ; [ - bouton, trombone] to stay on ; [ - empilement, tas] to stay upmets du gel, tes cheveux tiendront mieux use gel, your hair'll hold its shape betterle porridge vous tient au corps ou à l'estomac porridge keeps you goingfaire tenir quelque chose avec de la colle/des clous to glue/to nail something into positiona. [être fixé à] to be fixed on ou tob. [être contigu à] to be next to[personne]il ne tient pas encore bien sur sa bicyclette/ses skis/ses jambes he's not very steady on his bike/his skis/his legs yetcet enfant ne tient pas sur sa chaise this child can't sit still ou is always fidgeting in his chair2. [résister - union] to last, to hold out ; [ - chaise, vêtements] to hold ou to last out ; [ - digue] to hold out ; [ - personne] to hold ou to last outje ne tiens plus au soleil, je rentre I can't stand the sun any more, I'm going intes arguments ne tiendront pas longtemps face à la réalité your arguments won't hold for very long when faced with realitytenir bon ou fermea. [s'agripper] to hold firm ou tightb. [ne pas céder] to hold outtenez bon, les secours arrivent hold ou hang on, help's on its wayil me refusait une augmentation, mais j'ai tenu bon he wouldn't give me a rise but I held out ou stood my groundne pas y tenir, ne (pas) pouvoir y tenir: n'y tenant plus, je l'appelai au téléphone unable to stand it any longer, I phoned himça sent si bon le chocolat, je ne vais pas pouvoir y tenir there's such a gorgeous smell of chocolate, I just won't be able to resist it3. [durer, ne pas s'altérer - fleurs] to keep, to last ; [ - tissu] to last (well) ; [ - beau temps] to last, to hold out ; [ - bronzage] to last ; [ - neige] to settle, to stayil n'y a pas de "mais ma tante" qui tienne, tu vas te coucher! there's no "but Auntie" about it, off to bed with you!5. [pouvoir être logé] to fittenir en hauteur/largeur (dans) to fit vertically/widthwise (in)6. (locution)a. (familier) [aimer] to be hooked on somethingb. [ne considérer que] to stick to somethingtiens, tenez [en donnant quelque chose] heretiens, tenez [pour attirer l'attention, pour insister]: tiens, le tonnerre gronde listen, it's thunderingtiens, rends-toi utile here, make yourself usefultenez, je ne vous ferai même pas payer l'électricité look, I won't even charge you for the electricitys'il est intéressé par le salaire? tiens, bien sûr que oui! is he interested in the salary? you bet he is!tiens, tenez [exprime la surprise, l'incrédulité]: tiens, Bruno! que fais-tu ici? (hello) Bruno, what are you doing here?tiens, je n'aurais jamais cru ça de lui well, well, I'd never have expected it of himun tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l'auras (proverbe) a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush (proverbe)————————tenir à verbe plus préposition1. [être attaché à - personne] to care for, to be very fond of ; [ - objet] to be attached to ; [ - réputation] to care about ; [ - indépendance, liberté] to valuesi tu tiens à la vie... if you value your life...2. [vouloir]tenir à faire quelque chose to be eager to do ou to be keen on doing somethingje tiens à être présent à la signature du contrat I insist on being there when the contract is signedtu veux lui parler? — je n'y tiens pas vraiment would you like to talk to him? — not really ou not particularlytenir à ce que: je tiens à ce qu'ils aient une bonne éducation I'm most concerned that they should have a good educationvenez dîner, j'y tiens absolument! come and have dinner, I insist!le bonheur tient parfois à peu de chose sometimes it's the little things that give people the most happiness4. (tournure impersonnelle) [être du ressort de]s'il ne tenait qu'à moi if it was up to me ou my decision————————tenir de verbe plus préposition1. [ressembler à] to take afterce chien tient à la fois de l'épagneul et du setter this dog is a sort of cross between a spaniel and a setterelle est vraiment têtue/douée — elle a de qui tenir! she's so stubborn/gifted — it runs in the family!2. [relever de]————————se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)se tenir par le cou/la taille to have one's arms round each other's shoulders/waists————————se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)————————se tenir verbe pronominal transitifse tenir la tête à deux mains to hold ou to clutch one's head in one's hands————————se tenir verbe pronominal intransitif1. [se retenir] to hold on (tight)b. [fortement] to cling to, to clutch, to grip2. [se trouver - en position debout] to stand, to be standing ; [ - en position assise] to sit, to be sitting ou seateda. [debout] to stand up straightb. [assis] to sit up straightse tenir aux aguets to be on the lookout, to watch out3. [se conduire] to behave4. [être cohérent]a. [argumentation, intrigue] to hold together, to stand upb. [raisonnement] to hold water, to hold together5. (locution)d'abord ingénieur puis directrice d'usine, elle ne s'en est pas tenue là she started out as an engineer, then became a factory manager, but she didn't stop therene pas se tenir de [joie, impatience] to be beside oneself withtiens-toi bien, tenez-vous bien: ils ont détourné, tiens-toi bien, deux millions d'euros! they embezzled, wait for it, 2 million euros!elle a battu le record, tenez-vous bien, de plus de deux secondes! she broke the previous record and by over two seconds, would you believe!————————se tenir pour verbe pronominal plus préposition1. [se considérer comme]je ne me tiens pas encore pour battu I don't reckon I'm ou I don't consider myself defeated yetje ne me tiens pas pour un génie I don't regard myself as ou think of myself as ou consider myself a genius2. (locution)je ne supporterai pas tes insolences, tiens-le-toi pour dit! I'll say this only once, I won't put up with your rudeness! -
8 restrictivo
adj.restrictive, repressive.* * *► adjetivo1 restrictive* * *(f. - restrictiva)adj.* * *ADJ restrictive* * *- va adjetivo restrictive* * *= restrictive, constricting, disabling, suppressive.Ex. These beliefs will determine how restrictive or nonrestrictive the library will be in terms of providing physical and intellectual access to information.Ex. This author insists that library organisations must change in order to remain viable and that constricting growth is a death knell.Ex. Fear itself is far more disabling and awful to endure than either its cause or its consequences.Ex. Where other women are in position of authority, they are even more suppressive to other women than males.----* no restrictivo = non-restrictive.* * *- va adjetivo restrictive* * *= restrictive, constricting, disabling, suppressive.Ex: These beliefs will determine how restrictive or nonrestrictive the library will be in terms of providing physical and intellectual access to information.
Ex: This author insists that library organisations must change in order to remain viable and that constricting growth is a death knell.Ex: Fear itself is far more disabling and awful to endure than either its cause or its consequences.Ex: Where other women are in position of authority, they are even more suppressive to other women than males.* no restrictivo = non-restrictive.* * *restrictivo -varestrictive* * *
restrictivo,-a adjetivo restrictive
' restrictivo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
restrictiva
English:
limiting
- restraining
- restrictive
* * *restrictivo, -a adjrestrictive* * *adj restrictive* * *restrictivo, -va adj: restrictive -
9 STANDA
* * *(stend; stóð, stóðum; staðinn), v.1) to stand, opp. to sitja or liggja (hann stóð við vegginn);koma standandi niðr, to come down on one’s feet;skal mik niðr setja standanda, in a standing position;standa fast, to stand fast;standa höllum fœti, to stand slanting;2) to stand, stick (G. skaut svá fast niðr skildinum, at hann stóð fastr í jörðunni);sveininum stóð fiskbein í hálsi, the bone stuck in his throat;3) to stand, remain;borð stóðu, stood, were not removed;4) to stand, be situated (bœr einn stóð skamt frá þeim);5) to stand still, rest, pause (stóð þá kyrrt nökkura hríð);verðr hér fyrst at standa sagan, the story must stop here for the present;6) to last (hafði lengi staðit bardaginn);7) to befit, become (konungr kvað þat eigi standa, at menn lægi svá);ekki stendr þér slíkt, it does not befit thee;8) to stand in a certain way, project, trend (fjögur horn ok stóðu fagrt, hit þriðja stóð í lopt upp);stendr inn straumrinn, the tide (current) stands in;blóðbogi stóð ór hvárutveggja eyranu, a stream of blood gushed out of both his ears;kallar hann betr standa veðrit at fara landhallt, that the wind stands better for making land;stóð vindr af landi, the wind blew from the land;standa grunnt, to be shallow (vinátta okkur stendr grunnt);9) to touch;standa grunn, to stick on the ground (örkin stóð grunn);10) to catch, overtake (hann drap menn Eiríks konungs, hvar sem hann stóð þá);standa e-n at e-u, to catch one doing a thing (ef maðr verðr at því staðinn, at hann meiðir smala manna);11) to stand, endure, bear (standa e-t or e-u);12) to press, urge, trouble (elli stóð Hárek);hvat stendr þik, what ails thee?13) to weigh so much (gullhringr, er stóð mörk);14) to stand by one, side with one, with dat.;mikils er vert, hversu fast N. stendr þér um alla ráðagerð, how close N. stands by thee in all counsel;15) with preps.:standa af e-u, to proceed from, be caused by (opt stendr illt af kvenna hjali);vil ok ek eigi, at af mér standi brigð okkarrar vináttu, nor do I wish to be the cause of a breach in our friendship;standa af e-u við e-n, to give up, cede to one;impers., segir hann honum, hvernig af stóð um ferð hans, how the matter stood as to his journey;standa at e-m, to attack (var við sjálft, at þeir mundu standa at prestinum);to stand by one, on one’s side (ek veit eigi víst, hvaðan G. inn ríki stendr at);standa á e-u, to stand on, insist on (statt ei á því, er þér er bannat);impers., stendr á illu einu með þeim, they are on very bad terms;standa á e-m, to hang over one (sú skóggangssök, er á þér stendr); to refer to (þat heilræði stóð upp á þenna sama sendiboða);standa eptir, to remain, be left;standa fyrir e-u, to stand in the way of (þeir kváðu geip hennar ekki skyldu standa fyrir þingreið þeira);standa e-m fyrir þrifum, to stand in the way of one’s thriving;to stand before one, protect one (vér skulum Egil af lífi taka, en hlífa engum, er fyrir honum vill standa);standa hjá e-m, to stand by one, assist one;standa í e-u, to be engaged in, busied with (standa í bardögum, einvígum, málum, kvánbœnum);impers., stendr í deilu með þeim, there is a quarrel between them;standa með blóma, to be in a flourishing condition;standa móti (á móti, í móti) e-u, to stand against;standa saman, to stand together, be gathered, amassed (þar stóð auðr mikill saman);standa til e-s, to tend towards;standa til umbótar, to stand for mending, need it;sem bœn yður stendr til, as your prayer tends to;eptir þeim efnum, sem honum þœtti til standa, according to the merits of the case;eptir því sem lög stóðu til, as the law was (taka þeir allir við bótum, sem lög stóðu til);impers., stendr til e-s, it is to be expected, feared (til langra meina mun standa, ef);standa e-m til e-s, to assist, help one (B. segir, hversu Ó. hafði honum til staðit);standa undan, to be lacking (mikit stendr undan við hann í vinfenginu);standa vel undir e-t, to support well, back it up well (munu margir vel undir þat standa);standa undir e-m, to be in one’s possession, keeping (féit stendr undir honum);standa upp, to stand up from a seat (þá stóð S. upp ok mælti hátt); to rise from bed (standa upp ok klæðast); to be left standing (fimm einir menn stóðu upp á skipinu);standa uppi, to be left standing (K. hinn auðgi flýði ok allt lið hans, þat er uppi stóð; hús þau, er uppi stóðu);to be laid up ashore, of a ship (stigu þeir á skip þat, er þar hafði uppi staðit um vetrinn);of a corpse, to lie on the bier (lík Kjartans stóð uppi í viku í Hjarðarholti);of a bow, to be kept bent (boginn má eigi einart uppi standa);standa við e-u, to withstand (víkingar svá harðfengir, at ekki stendr við);impers., stendr við e-t, it is on the verge of (þeir áttu svá harða leika, at við meiðingar stóð);standa yfir e-u, to be present at (heldr vildi hann þenna kjósa en standa yfir drápi Þorgils frænda síns); to extend (þar er þeira ríki stendr yfir);standa yfir, to stand over, last (hversu lengi skal fjárbón sjá yfir standa?);í þessum griðum ok svardögum, sem yfir standa, which now stand, are in force;16) refl., standast.* * *pres. stend, stendr, stöndum, standit, standa; pret. stóð, stótt, stóttú (mod. stóðst, stóðstú), stóð, pl. stóðum; subj. stæði; imperat. statt, stattú (cp. stand-þú); part. staðinn; pret. infin. stóðu = stelisse, Fms. vi. (in a verse); a medial form, pres. stöndumk (= stat mihi), Fm. 1. Kormak; pret. stóðumk (= stabant mihi), Hm. 106: with neg. suff. stóð-k-at, Fas. iii. 22 (in a verse). [Common to all Indo-Germ. languages.]A. To stand; þó at hann gangi eðr standi áðr, Grág. ii. 95; hann stóð við vegginn, … stóð á víxl fótunum, Sturl. ii. 158; standa höllum fæti, Nj. 97; koma standandi niðr, to come down standing (after a leap), 85, Grág. ii. 110; skal mik niðr setja standanda, in a standing position, Ld. 54; munkr er eigi mátti standa á bænum ok reikaði, Greg. 62; standa á götu e-s, Nj. 109; standa fast, to stand fast, 92; standa frammi, to stand, be on one’s feet, Fms. vii. 85; s. fyrir dómstóli keisarans, 656 C. 19; s. fyrir manni, to stand before a man, so as to screen him, Grág. ii. 12. 115, Eg. 357: s. hjá, to stand by, metaph. to assist, Fas. ii. 501: standa nær e-m, to stand near one, metaph. to back, Nj. 76; nær standa vinir Gunnars, 88.2. to stay; Egill stóð meðan ok beið þeirra, Eg. 483; statt ( stop) ok trú mér, 623. 17.3. to stand, stick; stóðu spjót þeirra ofan frá þeim, Nj. 253; at hann standi fastr í fönninni, 84; skildinum, svá at fastr stóð í vellinum, 262; öxin stóð á hamri, i. e. went through to the back, and stuck there, 165; sveininum stóð fiskbein í hálsi, the bone stuck in his throat, Blas. 40; ef nökkurum stendr bein í hálsi, 655 ix. B. 2: absol., það stendr í e-m, it sticks in one’s throat.4. to stand, remain; borð stóðu, stood, were not removed, Fms. vii. 144; skála þann sem enn stendr í dag, Þórð. 58 new Ed.; svá lengi sem heimrinn stendr, Rb. 64; skyli bú yðr standa ú-rænt, Nj. 208.5. to stand, be seated, placed;í þeim dal stendr kirkja, Greg. 57; kirkja sú er stendr í Reykja-holti, D. I. i. 476; bær einn stóð skamt frá þeim, Eg. 230; ór þeim sal er und þolli stendr … ask veit ek standa, … stóð fyrir norðan salr, sal veit hón standa, Vsp.; Lissibón stendr á Spáni, Fms. vii. 80; Narbón stendr vid Jórsala-haf, x. 85; öll þau fylki er í hans biskups-ríki stóðu, vii. 300; Illugastaði ok Hrafnagil er standa í Laxárdal, Dipl. v. 17; standa á bók, reikningi, skrá …, [Germ. es steht geschrieben], ii. 12, 13, Bs. i, passim. II. with prepp.; standa á e-u, to stand on, insist on, persevere in; statt eigi á því er þér er bannat, Mirm.; s. á illu ráði, id.; s. á hendi e-m, Nj. 88, Grág. i. 121 (see hönd); mest mundi á fyrir-mönnum standa, Nj. 106: to stand upon, s. á lögum, Js. 41; s. á rétti sínum, … standa á dómi e-s, to stand by, abide by:—s. gegn, á móti, to withstand, Hom. 7, Fms. ii. 36, 225, x. 401:—s. af e-u, to give up, Dan. afstaae, Fb. i. 523:—s. at, to help (at-stoð); hvaðan Guðmundr stendr at, … hvaðan sem hann stendr at, Nj. 214; þeim er þaðan standa at, 193:—s. eptir, to remain, N. G. L. i. 335, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248, Grág. ii. 301, Eg. 202, Rb. 116, Hom. 12, Stj. 422 (eptir-stöðvar = arrears):—s. fyrir, to stand before, to stand in the way of a thing, Ísl. ii. 262, Fms. vi. 61, Grág. i. 140; s. e-m fyrir þrifum, Fms. ii. 154; s. e-m fyrir gleði, vii. 162; s. e-m fyrir svefni, Gísl. (in a verse); s. e-m fyrir ljósi, to stand in the way of one’s light; láta e-t s. fyrir kaupi, Nj. 17; láta s. fyrir kviðburði, 87; ef afl hefir staðit fyrir kvið þeirra, Grág. i. 53; þat á eigi fyrir málum at s., 106; eiðr Vermundar stóð fyrir, Fbr. 22; járni á hann fyrir at standa, N. G. L. i. 342; s. fyrir með eineiði, 346:—s. í e-u, to be deeply engaged in; s. í bardögum, einvígum, málum, stórmælum, kvánbænum, etc., Eg. 486, Ld. 262, Nj. 53, 224, 227, Ísl. ii. 216; standa í ábirgð, Dipl. v. 24; s. í þjónustu, Mar.:—standa saman, to stand together, put together in one place; þar stóðu saman fé mikil, Eg. 318; stóð úmegð mörg saman, Ísl. ii. 198; þar stóð auðr mikill saman, Ld. 124: to consist, Hom. 2:—s. undir e-u, to be subject to; s. undir prófi, Dipl. i. 6; féit stendr undir honum, is in his keeping, Grág. i. 395: standa undir með e-m, to support, Sturl. i. 20; s. vel undir e-t, to support well, back, Nj. 215, Fms. vii. 125; jarl stóð vel undir hans mál, viii. 282; munu margir vel undir þat s., to back it up well, Ó. H. 52:—standa upp, to stand up from a seat, Nj. 3, Fms. i. 33, x. 401: to rise from bed, Nj. 69, Eg. 121; s. upp fyrir dag, 577; s. upp ok klæðask, Ld. 44; hann liggr sjúkr … þar er standi aldri upp, Nj. 80 (standa upp ór sótt); s. upp með e-m, to rise, join one, Sturl. ii. 203:—s. uppi, of a ship, to be laid up ashore (during the winter), Nj. 259, Ísl. ii. 273: of a corpse, to lie on the bier, Fms. ii. 257, Ám. 101: of a bow, to be kept bent, 623. 19: standa upp, to be standing, be left standing on one’s feet; færri standa upp enn fallnir eru, Fms. xi. 110; stóðu þá enn upp mjök margir á skeiðinni, many still stood up (not dead or wounded), 142; flýði allt lið er upp stóð, Eg. 33; fimm einir menn stóðu upp á skipinu, Orkn. 356 old Ed., (new Ed. 414 l. c. leaves out ‘upp’); meðan ek má upp standa ok vápnum valda, Ld. 170: standa uppi, id., Fms, viii. 139, Hkr. i. 210:—standa við e-u, to withstand, Grág. i. 1, 336 (við-staða); svá harðfengir at ekki stendr við, Nj. 271; svá mikit troll at ekki stendr við honum, Bárð. 177; þeir skutu svá hart, at ekki stóðu við hlífarnar, Fms. i. 173: to stand against, stop, hann stóð við litla stund (við-staða, a pause, halt):—standa yfir, svá lengi sem þingboð stæði yfir, lasted, Fms. ii. 216: hversu lengi skal fjárbón sjá yfir standa? Nj. 141; í þessum griðum ok svardögum sem yfir standa, which now stand, are in force, Fms. xi. 365; þar er þeirra ríki stendr yfir, extends, Eg. 344.B. Metaph. usage, to stand still, rest, pause; verðr hér fyrst at standa sagan, the story must stop here, Fms. vi. 56: nú skal hér standa um athæfi Varbelgja, ix. 473; skulu sóknir standa, meðan leiðangr er úti, Gþl. 486; útlegðar-sakir skulu eigi standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; skyldi málit standa um nóttina til rannsaks, Fms. ix. 414; skal þá standa leigan í hross-verðinu, Grág. i. 434; stóð þá kyrrt nokkura hrið, Fms. xi. 397; at svá búit stæði, Nj. 139; eigi mátti svá búit s., Fms. ii. 9; standa með blóma; stendr búit með miklum blóma, Band. 2.2. to last; Guðs ríki stendr ei ok ei, Hom. 160; ok standa eina þrjá vetr, Sks. 323; þá sjau daga sem veizlan stóð, Stj.; en er þrjár nætr hafði veizlan staðit, Landn. 117; hafði lengi staðit bardaginn, Odd. 18; er deildir várar s. lengr, Eg. 738; stóð mikil deila milli þeirra langa hríð, Fms. x. 169; stóð þetta heimboð nokkut skeið, Nj. 81; meðan erfit stóð, Eb. ch. 54; stóð hennar hagr með þeim hætti, Bs. ii. 166:—to be valid, skal þetta testamentum s. ok haldask, Dipl. iv. 8; ok standa enn þau lög, Ver. 52; um tólf mánaðr stendr þeirra mál, Grág. i. 143; skal þat allt s. ok satt vera, 655 xxvii. 28; hans tala skal s. á fé sjálfs hans, K. Þ. K. 146; má þat eigi s. né fyrir satt halda, Stj. 31; hann mun láta s. boð þessi (stand by it), Nj. 77; þrjú kúgildi þau er standa með jörðunni, Dipl. iii. 8; ekki á Bjarkeyjar-réttr á því máli at standa, this case does not fall under the town jurisdiction, Fms. vii. 130; stendr þat mál ( it extends) um þrjá fjórðunga, Grág. i. 464.3. to befit, become; konungr kvað þat ekki standa, at menn lægi svá, Fms. x. 157; berr þat eigi né stendr þvílíkum, Stj. 132; hví stalt þú guðum mínum, ekki stendr þér slíkt, 181.4. phrases, nú stóð í stilli, see stilli; var þat boð með svá miklu kappi, at stóð í stönginni (cp. Dan. saa at det stod efter), Fms. xi. 424; standa í háska, Mar.5. sem inn átti dagr Jóla standi á Dróttins degi, Rb. 128; en á þeim degi stóð Ólafs messu-aptann, Hom. 111.II. of direction, to stand in a certain way, project, trend; fjögur horn ok stóðu fagrt, hit þriðja stóð í lopt upp, hit fjórða stóð ór enni, ok niðr fyrir augu honum, Ld. 120; geitar-horn stendr ór höfði henni, Fms. vii. 156; vápn stóðu á Birkibeini svá þykt at varla mátti hann falla, 325; gákk af bryggjunni eðr spjotið stendr á þér, 144; ella hefði spjótið staðit gegnum hann, Nj. 246; blóðbogi stóð ór hváru-tveggja eyranu, 210, Fms. vi. 419; boginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; kallar hann betr standa veðrit, at fara landhallt, the wind stands better for making land, Fms. x. 347; sunnan-vindr hvass ok stóð at virkinu, xi. 34; stóð gnæðingr með fjöllum, Bárð. 171; af íllsku ok úþef þeim er af stóð, Fms. iii. 128; stóð vindr af landi, Vigl. 79 new Ed.; stendr inn straumrinn, Bs. ii. 143: stóð stropinn um kyrtilinn, Clar.; standa grunnt, to be shallow; vinátta okkur stendr grunnt, Eg. 520; stóð hón alla vega jörð, touched the earth. Art.; stafir stórir ok stóðu grunn í ánni, Fb. ii. 19; örkin stóð grunn, stuck to the ground, Stj. 50, Gþl. 460, Grág. ii. 358; þrjár rætr standa; á þrjá vega undir aski Yggdrasils, Gm.; augu yður standa lengra fram, Sturl. iii. 129; finnr konungr at mikit stendr undan við hann í vinfenginu al hendi Sigvalda, Fms. xi. 106; heilræðit stóð á þenna sama sendiboða, referred to him, 433; hvaðan Guðmundr inn ríki stendr, on which side he stands, with whom he sides, Nj. 214.2. to proceed from, be caused by; eigi standa þin orð af litlu fári, Fas. i. 195; stóð lítil stjórn af honum, Fms. xi. 223; þótti af honum minni ógn standa, Eg. 268; e-m stendr mein, úhapp, útili, íllt, gagn, hjálp … af e-m, 175; guðin rökðu til spádóma at af systkinum þessum mundi þeim mikil mein ok úhapp standa, Edda 18, Nj. 65, Barl. 39; eigi mun svá mikit íllt af þér standa, Nj. 368; opt stendr íllt af kvenna hjali. Gísl. 15: yðr munn vandræði af standa, Nj. 175.3. standa til, to tend towards; nú stóð áðr til svá mikils váða, at …, Fms. vii. 144; þá stendr þó til meira geigs, xi. 275; standa til umbótar, to stand for mending, need it, Fb. ii. 234; flest frumsmíð stendr til bóta, needs mending; standa til mikils kostnaðar, D. N. ii. 18; sem bæn yður stendr til, tends to, Nj. 192; hvárt honum standi hugr til nökkurrar konu, Ísl. ii. 285; engi ván eða verðleikr stendr til at fáisk, Al. 91; sem bæn yður stendr til, Nj. 192; eptir þeim efnum sem honum þætti til standa, according to the merits of the case, Fms. vii. 60; eptir þvi sem lög stódu til, as the law stood, Nj. 146, Ld. 28; frekari álög en forn lög stæði til, Fms. xi. 224; latari enn líkendi stæði til, 256; fremr enn ritningar stóðu til, tended towards, i. e. warranted, Mar.; líta á mál hans eptir þeim efnum sem honum þætti til standa, as the merits were, Fms. vii. 60; eptir því sem lög stóðu til, Nj. 146, Ld. 28; standa til váða ok auðnar, Fms. x. 271.III. to catch, overtake; hann drap menn Eiríks konungs hvar sem hann stóð þá, Hkr. i. 91; var hverr drepinn þar er staðinn varð, 107; lét hann ræna hvar sem hann stóð þá, Fms. vii. 181; hörmuðu bæði at þau máttu eigi fá staðit hann, Hom. 120; ef hann er með vátta inni staðinn, Grág. ii. 18; ef maðr tekr fé manns ok vinnr þjófskap at, enda standi hinn hann (acc.) at þvi er fé þat á, svá at handnumit verðr, ok …, 136; hinum er þýfð var í höndum staðin, id.; nú stendr maðr fé sitt þjófstolit í hendi öðrum manni, Gþl. 537.2. to stand, i. e. to endure or bear; hverr sem fyrir-smár dómarann, ok vill eigi dóm standa, N. G. L. i. 452: to discharge, skal dæma landit þeim manni er varðveizlu stendr, to the man who stands as guardian, Grág. ii. 251; sá er vitna þarf skal standa þeim kost allan, Jb. 358.3. to press, urge, trouble; ef ofviðri stendr mann, N. G. L. i. 349; Alfhildi stóð sótt, Hkr. ii. 199, Stj. 425; mun þik nú hræðsla standa, Fas. iii. 429; elli stóð Hárek, Ísl. ii. 482; hver fjölskylda sem þik stendr, Fms, xi. 429; segja máttu hvat þik stendr, what urges thee. Mar.; ok vænti af þér mests trausts, því heldr sem mik stendr meirr, Fms. iii. 70; standa mik svá stórar þröngslir, at …, Stj. 495; hvat stendr þik, what ails thee? Grett. 75 new Ed.; hvat stendr þik, Bergr, sagði biskup, Bs. i. 807; því at eins at þeim (þá?) standi ofviðri, N. G. L. i. 371.4. to be of weight, value; skal hann eigi standa tómr meirr enn átta merkr, Gþl. 524; gullhringr stendr sex aura, mörk, Fms. ii. 246, xi. 204; strútrinn stóð tíu merkr, 77; vættir þær er hver þeirra standi hálfa níundu mörk, Gþl. 523.C. Reflex. to stand right, be able to stand; steðjaði hann upp yfir törguna ok stóðsk þó, Nj. 144; þar mundir þú eigi hafa staðizk fylgjur þeirra Þorvarðs, Lv. 104; hann druknaði, því hann stóðsk ekki fjölkyngi Ragnars, Bárð. 181.2. standask e-t, standask áhlaup, Sks. 411; höggum standask fáir, Sks. 411 B; fáir stóðusk honum, þótt fræknir væri, Grett. 87 A; gull stendsk elding, Grág. i. 501; þetta éi var með svá miklum býsnum, at ekki máttu sumir menn betr enn fá staðizk, Fms, xi. 136; var við sjálft at ek mætta eigi standask, x. 331; stóðsk hann eigi ok dó, 623. 33; hví lét Guð þeira freista, þar er hann sá at þau máttu eigi standask, Eluc. 28; at þér standisk jafnvel ef þér sjáit frændr yðra svívirða, Fms. v. 270.3. to stand, bear, tolerate; hann skekr at honum sverðit, þetta fá þeir eigi staðizk ok hlaupa, Ísl. ii. 364; Kári stóðsk þetta eigi, Nj. 270; Björn stóðsk eigi ámælis-orð Sigmundar, Valla L. 218; standask frýju-orð, Fær. 196.4. standask við e-m, to stand, be able to withstand; Heiðrekr vá með Tyrfingi ok stóðsk ekki við honum, Fas. i. 526; engi hlutr var svá sterkr at standask mætti fyrir honum. Edda.5. to be valid; skulut mál hans standask um þá sök, Grág. i. 64; á þeirra dómr at standask, 80; eigu jammikit þeira orð at standask, sem annarra lögréttu-manna, 10; ef þú kemr til konungsins, ok megi þín orð nokkut standask, Fms. xi. 193; hennar orð stóðusk svá mikit, at …, Fas. i. 208; um þat vilda ek at mín at kvæði stæðisk, at …, Eb. 98.6. of direction, to proceed from; standask af e-m, af henni mun standask allt it ílla, Nj. 49; svá stenzk af um ferð mína, the matter stands so as to my journey; Ólafr sagði jarli hversu af stóðsk um ferð hans, Ld. 112 (hversu af stóð, 340); ekki sagði Kjartan föður sínum hversu af stóðsk um ferð þessa, 208; Gautr segir honum geiniliga allt hversu af stóðsk inn ferðir hans, Fms. iii. 57; svá stendsk af um ferðir mínar, at ek má hér ekki dvelja lengr, vi. 350; eigi veit ek hvernig af stenzk (stennz) um för þína, hvárt þú ferr nökkut í konungs leyfi, Ó. H. 143.7. a middle form; yfir ok undir stóðumk jötna vegir, the ‘giant-ways’ ( rocks) stood above and below, Hm.; stöndumk hjörr til hjarta, the sword touches me to the heart, Fm. 1.II. recipr. to stand opposite one another in the same line: to meet, of ends; þat stóðsk á, nesit þvert ok fylking þeirra, Ísl. ii. 326; stóðsk þat á, at Jólin þraut ok lokit var sögunni. Fms. vi. 356; vígin Áskels ok Steingríms skyldi á standask, Rd. 281; stóðsk þat á endum ok ostkistan, Nj. 76; stóðsk þat á endum ok þat er Gunnarr; átti at gjalda, 111; létu þeir þat á endum standask, 120; standask á mót; sandmelr sá er á stendzk ok Seftjörn, Gísl. 23; bær hans stóðsk á ok konungs atsetr, Fas. ii. 63: bíða þess at á stæðisk misganga straumanna ok austan-veðr, Orkn. 266: stendzk heldr í móti með þeim hjónum, they were rather at sixes and sevens, did not agree well, Bjarn. 21: hendingar standask sem næst, to stand as close to one another as possible, Edda (Ht.); tungl þau er næst standask, nearest to one another, Rb. 34, 1812. 56.III. staðinn = staddr, steadfast, placed, abiding; hvar sem maðr er staðinn, N. G. L. i. 163; vildi hann nú til staðins vita ( knew for certain) hver svör jarl vildi gefa, Vígl. 18. -
10 sisto
sisto, stĭti (Charis. p. 220, and Diom. p. 369, give steti for both sisto and sto, confining stiti to the compounds of both. But steti, as perfect of sisto, is late jurid. Lat., and perh. dub.;I.for steterant,
Verg. A. 3, 110;steterint,
id. ib. 3, 403; Liv. 8, 32, 12, belong to stare; cf. also Gell. 2, 14, 1 sqq.; and v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 461 sq.), stătum [root stă, strengthened by reduplication; cf. histêmi], used in two general senses, I. To cause to stand, place, = colloco, pono; II. To stand, be placed, = sto.Sistere, in gen., = collocare (in class. prose only in the partic. uses, v. A. 4. C. and D., infra).A.Causative, with acc.1.To place = facere ut stet; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with ad, super, etc., and acc.:2.O qui me gelidis in vallibus Haemi Sistat,
Verg. G. 2, 489:tertia lux classem Cretaeis sistet in oris,
id. A. 3, 117 (classis stat;v. sto): inque tuo celerem litore siste gradum,
Ov. H. 13, 102 (cf. infra, III. 2. A.):jaculum clamanti (al. clamantis) sistit in ore,
plants the dart in his face, Verg. A. 10, 323:disponit quas in fronte manus, medio quas robore sistat,
Stat. Th. 7, 393:(equum ligneum) sacratā sistimus arā,
Verg. A. 2, 245:aeternis potius me pruinis siste,
Stat. Th. 4, 395: ut stata (est) lux pelago, as soon as light was set ( shone) on the sea, id. ib. 5, 476:victima Sistitur ante aras,
Ov. M. 15, 132:quam (suem) Aeneas ubi... sistit ad aram,
Verg. A. 8, 85:post haec Sistitur crater,
Ov. M. 8, 669: vestigia in altero (monte) sisti (non posse), that no footprints can be placed ( made) on the other mountain, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211:cohortes expeditas super caput hostium sistit,
Tac. H. 3, 77; cf. id. A. 12, 13; Stat. Th. 4, 445; Sil. 4, 612. —To place, as the result of guidance or conveyance; hence, to convey, to send, lead, take, conduct to, = facere ut veniat; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with advv. of place: officio meo ripā sistetur in illā Haec, will be carried by me to, etc., Ov. M. 9, 109:3.terrā sistēre petitā,
id. ib. 3, 635:(vos) facili jam tramite sistam,
Verg. A. 6, 676:ut eum in Syriā aut Aegypto sisterent orabat,
to convey him to, Tac. H. 2, 9.—So with hic (= in with abl.) or huc (= in with acc.):hic siste patrem,
Sen. Phoen. 121:Annam huc siste sororem,
Verg. A. 4, 634.—To place an army in order of battle, draw up, = instruere:4.aciem in litore sistit,
Verg. A. 10, 309; cf.:sistere tertiam decimam legionem in ipso aggere jubet,
Tac. H. 3, 21.—Se sistere = to betake one's self, to present one's self, to come (so twice in Cicero's letters):5.des operam, id quod mihi affirmasti, ut te ante Kal. Jan., ubicumque erimus, sistas,
Cic. Att. 3, 25:te vegetum nobis in Graeciā sistas,
id. ib. 10, 16, 6 (cf. infra, E.):hic dea se primum rapido pulcherrima nisu Sistit,
Verg. A. 11, 853.—With two acc. (cf.: praesto, reddo) = to cause to be in a certain condition, to place, etc.; often with dat. of interest (ante- and post-class., and poet.; cf.b.supra, 4.): ego vos salvos sistam,
I will place you in safety, see you to a safe place, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 5:omnia salva sistentur tibi,
all will be returned to you in good order, id. ib. 5, 3, 3; so,suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123; cf.:rectius tacitas tibi res sistam, quam quod dictum est mutae mulieri,
will keep your secrets, id. ib. 4, 2, 54:neque (dotem) incolumem sistere illi, et detraxe autument,
that you deliver it entire to her, id. Trin. 3, 3, 15:cum te reducem aetas prospera sistet,
Cat. 64, 238: tu modo servitio vacuum me siste (= praesta) superbo, set me free from, Prop. 4, 16 (3, 17), 42:tutum patrio te limine sistam,
will see you safe home, Verg. A. 2, 620:praedā onustos triumphantesque mecum domos reduces sistatis,
Liv. 29, 27, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:Pelasgis siste levem campum,
Stat. Th. 8, 328:modo se isdem in terris victorem sisterent,
Tac. A. 2, 14:operā tuā sistas hunc nobis sanum atque validum,
give him back to us, safe and sound, Gell. 18, 10, 7: ita mihi salvam ac sospitem rempublicam sistere in suā sede liceat, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 28.—Neutr, with double nom., = exsistere, to be, to become: judex extremae sistet vitaeque necisque, he will become a judge, etc., Manil. 4, 548 (dub.):B.tempora quod sistant propriis parentia signis,
id. 3, 529 (dub.; al. sic stant; cf. infra, II.).—As neuter verb, to stand, rest, be placed, lie ( poet.);C.constr. like sto: ne quis mihi obstiterit obviam, nam qui obstiterit, ore sistet,
will lie on his face, Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 13 Brix ad loc.: (nemo sit) tantā gloriā... quin cadat, quin capite sistat, will be placed or stand on his head, id. Curc. 2, 3, 8:ibi crebro, credo, capite sistebant cadi,
id. Mil. 3, 2, 36 Lorenz (Brix, hoc illi crebro capite):ipsum si quicquam posse in se sistere credis,
to rest upon itself, Lucr. 1, 1057:neque posse in terrā sistere terram,
nor can the earth rest upon itself, id. 2, 603:at conlectus aquae... qui lapides inter sistit per strata viarum,
id. 4, 415:incerti quo fata ferant, ubi sistere detur,
to rest, to stay, Verg. A. 3, 7; cf.:quaesitisque diu terris, ubi sistere detur,
Ov. M. 1, 307. —As jurid. term.1.In both a causative and neuter sense = to produce in court, or to appear in court after being bound over by the judge or by promise to the adversary (vadimonium); constr. either absol. or with the dat. of the adversary to whom the promise is made (alicui sisti), to appear upon somebody's demand; also, in judicio sisti. The present active is either used reflexively (se sistere = to appear), or with a transitive object (sistere aliquem = to produce in court one in whose behalf the promise has been made). The present passive, sisti, sistendus, sistitur, = to appear or to be produced. The perfect act., stiti, stitisse, rarely the perfect passive, status sum, = to have appeared, I appeared. So in all periods of the language:2.cum autem in jus vocatus fuerit adversarius, ni eo die finitum fuerit negotium, vadimonium ei faciendum est, id est ut promittat se certo die sisti,
Gai. 4, 184:fit ut Alfenus promittat, Naevio sisti Quinctium,
that Quinctius would be forthcoming upon Naevius's complaint, Cic. Quint. 21, 67; cf. id. ib. 8, 30 (v. infra, B.):testificatur, P. Quinctium non stitisse, et se stitisse,
id. ib. 6, 25:quin puellam sistendam promittat (= fore ut puella sistatur in judicio),
Liv. 3, 45, 3:interrogavit quisquam, in quem diem locumque vadimonium promitti juberet, et Scipio manum ad ipsam oppidi, quod obsidebatur, arcem protendens: Perendie sese sistant illo in loco,
Gell. 7, 1, 10:si quis quendam in judicio sisti promiserit, in eādem causā eum debet sistere,
Dig. 2, 11, 11:si servum in eādem causā sistere promiserit, et liber factus sistatur,... non recte sistitur,
ib. 2, 9, 5:sed si statu liberum sisti promissum sit, in eādem causā sisti videtur, quamvis liber sistatur,
ib. 2, 9, 6:cum quis in judicio sisti promiserit, neque adjecerit poenam si status non esset,
ib. 2, 6, 4:si quis in judicio secundum suam promissionem non stitit,
ib. 2, 11, 2, § 1; cf. ib. 2, 5, 1; 2, 8, 2; 2, 11, 2, § 3.—Vadimonium sistere, to present one's self in court, thus keeping the solemn engagement (vadimonium) made to that effect; lit., to make the vadimonium stand, i. e. effective, opp. deserere vadimonium = not to appear, to forfeit the vadimonium. The phrase does not occur in the jurists of the Pandects, the institution of the vadimonium being abolished by Marcus Aurelius. It is found in the following three places only: quid si vadimonium capite obvoluto stitisses? Cat. ap. Gell. 2, 14, 1: ut Quinctium sisti Alfenus promitteret. Venit Romam Quinctius;D.vadimonium sistit,
Cic. Quint. 8, 30:ut nullum illa stiterit vadimonium sine Attico,
Nep. Att. 9; Gai. 4, 185; cf. diem sistere under status, P. a. infra.—Transf., out of judicial usage, in gen., = to appear or present one's self, quasi ex vadimonio; constr. absol. or with dat. of the person entitled to demand the appearance:E.ubi tu es qui me vadatus's Veneriis vadimoniis? Sisto ego tibi me, et mihi contra itidem ted ut sistas suadeo (of a lover's appointment),
Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 5; so,tibi amatorem illum alacrem vadimonio sistam,
produce, App. M. 9, p. 227, 14:nam promisimus carnufici aut talentum magnum, aut hunc hodie sistere,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 73:vas factus est alter ejus sistendi, ut si ille non revertisset, moriendum esset sibi,
Cic. Off. 3, 10, 45. —Fana sistere, acc. to Festus anciently used, either = to place ( secure and fix places for) temples in founding a city, or to place the couches in the lectisternia:F.sistere fana, cum in urbe condendā dicitur, significat loca in oppido futurorum fanorum constituere: quamquam Antistius Labeo, in commentario XV. juris pontificii ait fana sistere esse lectisternia certis locis et diebus habere,
Fest. p. 267 Lind. To this usage Plaut. perh. alludes:apud illas aedis sistendae mihi sunt sycophantiae,
the place about that house I must make the scene of my tricks, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 25.—Sistere monumenta, etc., or sistere alone, to erect statues, etc. (= statuere; post-class. and rare;II.mostly in Tac.): ut apud Palatium effigies eorum sisteret,
Tac. A. 15, 72:cum Augustus sibi templum sisti non prohibuisset,
id. ib. 4 37:at Romae tropaea de Parthis arcusque sistebantur,
id. ib. 15, 18:monuere ut... templum iisdem vestigiis sisteretur,
id. H. 4, 53:sistere monumenta,
Aus. Ep. 24, 55: Ast ego te... Carthaginis arce Marmoreis sistam templis (cf. histanai tina), Sil. 8, 231; v. statuo.Sistere = to cause what is tottering or loose to stand firm, to support or fasten; and neutr., to stand firm.A.Causative (rare;B.perh. not in class. prose) = stabilire: sucus... mobilis (dentes) sistit,
Plin. 20, 3, 8, § 15; and trop.: hic (Marcellus) rem Romanam magno turbante tumultu Sistet (cf.: respublica stat;v. sto),
Verg. A. 6, 858; cf.:non ita civitatem aegram esse, ut consuetis remediis sisti posset,
Liv. 3, 20, 8 (where sisti may be impers.; v. infra, III. C.).—Neutr., to stand firm, to last, = stare:2.nec mortale genus, nec divum corpora sancta Exiguom possent horai sistere tempus,
Lucr. 1, 1016: qui rem publicam sistere negat posse, nisi ad equestrem ordinem judicia referantur, Cotta ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 96, § 223.—Neutr., to stand firm, to resist:III.nec quicquam Teucros Sustentare valet telis, aut sistere contra,
Verg. A. 11, 873; so with dat. = resistere:donec Galba, inruenti turbae neque aetate neque corpore sistens, sella levaretur,
Tac. H. 1, 35; cf. sisti = resistere, III. B. 1. f. infra.Sistere = to stand still, and to cause to stand still.A.Neutr. = stare (rare; in Varr., Tac., and the poets).a.To stand still:b.solstitium dictum est quod sol eo die sistere videatur,
Varr. L. L. 5, p. 53 (Bip.):sistunt amnes,
Verg. G. 1, 479:incurrit, errat, sistit,
Sen. Herc. Oet. 248.—To remain, stop:c.Siste! Quo praeceps ruis?
Sen. Thyest. 77; id. Oedip. 1050:vis tu quidem istum intra locum sistere?
will you remain in that position? Tac. A. 4, 40.—Trop., to stop, not to go any farther:d.depunge, ubi sistam,
Pers. 6, 79:nec in Hectore tracto sistere,
to stop at the dragging of Hector, Stat. Achill. 1, 7.—To cease (dub.):B.hactenus sistat nefas' pius est,
if his crime ceases here, he will be pious, Sen. Thyest. 744 (perh. act., to stop, end).—Causative (not ante-Aug.; freq. in Tac., Plin., and the poets).1. a.With gradum:b.plano sistit uterque gradum,
arrest their steps, Prop. 5 (4), 10, 36; Verg. A. 6, 465:siste properantem gradum,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 772:repente sistunt gradum,
Curt. 4, 6, 14. —With pedem, Ov. R. Am. 80.—With fugam, to stop, stay, check, stem, arrest the flight:c.fugam foedam siste,
Liv. 1, 12, 5:si periculo suo fugam sistere posset,
id. 30, 12, 1; so Curt. 8, 14, 37; 4, 16, 2; 8, 3, 2; Tac. A. 12, 39.—Of vehicles, horses, etc.:d. e.esseda siste,
Prop. 2, 1, 76:equos,
Verg. A. 12, 355:quadrijugos,
Stat. Achill. 2, 429; so id. Th. 5, 364.—With bellum, to halt (cf. infra, D.):f.Aquilejae sisti bellum expectarique Mucianum jubebat,
Tac. H. 3, [p. 1712] 8.—Of living objects, in gen.(α).To arrest their course, make them halt:(β).aegre coercitam legionem Bedriaci sistit,
Tac. H. 2, 23:festinantia sistens Fata,
staying the hurrying Fates, Stat. S. 3, 4, 24.—So, se sistere with ab, to desist from:non prius se ab effuso cursu sistunt,
Liv. 6, 29, 3; hence, to arrest by wounding, i. e. to wound or kill:aliquem cuspide,
Sil. 1, 382; 1, 163; so,cervum vulnere sistere,
id. 2, 78.—To stop a hostile attack of persons, to resist them, ward them off:g.ut non sisterent modo Sabinas legiones, sed in fugam averterent,
Liv. 1, 37, 3:ibi integrae vires sistunt invehentem se jam Samnitem,
id. 10, 14, 18:nec sisti vis hostium poterat,
Curt. 5, 3, 11:nec sisti poterant scandentes,
Tac. H. 3, 71; 5, 21. —Trop., to stop the advance of prices:2.pretia augeri in dies, nec mediocribus remediis sisti posse,
Tac. A. 3, 52.—To arrest the motion of fluids.a.Of water:b.sistere aquam fluviis,
Verg. A. 4, 489:amnis, siste parumper aquas,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 2:quae concita flumina sistunt,
id. M. 7, 154:sistito infestum mare,
calm, Sen. Agam. 523; cf. Ov. M. 7, 200; id. H. 6, 87; Plin. 28, 8, 29, § 118.—Of blood and secretions:3. 4.(ea) quibus sistitur sanguis parari jubet,
Tac. A. 15, 54:sanguinem,
Plin. 20, 7, 25, § 59; 28, 18, 73, § 239; 27, 4, 5, § 18:haemorrhoidum abundantiam,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 19:fluctiones,
id. 20, 8, 27, § 71, 34, 10, 23, § 105; 35, 17, 57, § 195:nomas,
id. 30, 13, 39, § 116; 24, 16, 94, § 151:mensis,
id. 23, 6, 60, § 112:vomitiones,
id. 20, 20, 81, § 213:alvum bubus,
id. 18, 16, 42, § 143:alvum,
stop the bowels, id. 23, 6, 60, § 113; 22, 25, 59, § 126; 20, 5, 18, § 37:ventrem,
id. 20, 23, 96, § 256; Mart. 13, 116.—To end, put an end to (= finem facere alicui rei); pass., to cease:5.querelas,
Ov. M. 7, 711:fletus,
id. ib. 14, 835:lacrimas,
id. F. 1, 367; 480; 6, 154:minas,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 60:opus,
id. H. 16 (17), 266; id. M. 3, 153:labores,
id. ib. 5, 490:furorem,
Stat. Th. 5, 663:furialem impetum,
Sen. Med. 157; id. Agam. 203:pace tamen sisti bellum placet,
Ov. M. 14, 803:antequam summa dies spectacula sistat,
id. F. 4, 387:sitim sistere,
to allay, id. P. 3, 1, 18:nec primo in limine sistit conatus scelerum,
suppresses, Stat. S. 5, 2, 86:ruinas,
to stop destruction, Plin. Pan. 50, 4:ventum,
to ward off, turn the wind, id. Ep. 2, 17, 17;(motus terrae) non ante quadraginta dies sistuntur, = desinunt,
Plin. 2, 82, 84, § 198.—Sistere with intra = to confine, keep within:C.transgresso jam Alpes Caecina, quem sisti intra Gallias posse speraverant,
Tac. H. 2, 11:dum populatio lucem intra sisteretur,
provided the raids were confined to day-time, id. A. 4, 48. —Impers. and trop., to arrest or avoid an impending misfortune, or to stand, i. e. to endure; generally in the form sisti non potest (more rarely: sisti potest) = it cannot be endured, a disaster cannot be avoided or met (once in Plaut.; freq. in Liv.; sometimes in Tac.; cf., in gen., Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 720; Drak. ad Liv. 3, 16, 4; Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 29, 8; Gronov. ad Liv. 4, 12, 6; Beneke ad Just. 11, 1, 6).1.Without a subject, res or a noun of general import being understood:2.quid ego nunc agam, nisi ut clipeum ad dorsum accommodem, etc.? Non sisti potest,
it is intolerable, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 94:totam plebem aere alieno demersam esse, nec sisti posse nisi omnibus consulatur,
Liv. 2, 29, 8:si domestica seditio adiciatur, sisti non posse,
the situation will be desperate, id. 45, 19, 3:si quem similem priore anno dedissent, non potuisse sisti,
id. 3, 9, 8:vixque concordiā sisti videbatur,
that the crisis could scarcely be met, even by harmonious action, id. 3, 16, 4:qualicunque urbis statu, manente disciplinā militari sisti potuisse,
these evils were endurable, id. 2, 44, 10: exercitum gravi morbo affectari, nec sisti potuisse ni, etc., it would have ended in disaster, if not, etc., id. 29, 10, 1:qui omnes populi si pariter deficiant, sisti nullo modo posse,
Just. 11, 1, 6 Gronov. ad loc.; cf. Liv. 3, 20, 8 supra, II. A. 1.— Rarely with a subject-clause understood: nec jam sisti poterat, and it was no longer tolerable, i. e. that Nero should disgrace himself, etc., Tac. A. 14, 14.—Rarely with quin, to prevent etc. (pregn., implying also the stopping of something; cf.A.supra, III. B. 1.): neque sisti potuit quin et palatium et domus et cuncta circum haurirentur (igni),
Tac. A. 15, 39.—Hence, stătus, a, um, P. a., as attribute of nouns, occurs in several conventional phrases, as relics of archaic usage.Status (condictusve) dies cum hoste, in the XII. Tables, = a day of trial fixed by the judge or agreed upon with the adversary;B.esp., a peregrinus (= hostis),
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37. It presupposes a phrase, diem sistere, prob.=vadimonium sistere (v. supra, I. C. 2.). Such an appointment was an excuse from the most important public duties, even for soldiers from joining the army, Cinc. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4.—Hence, transf.: si status condictus cum hoste intercedit dies, tamen est eundum quo imperant,
i. e. under all circumstances we must go, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5.—In certain phrases, appointed, fixed, regular (cf. statutus, with which it is often confounded in MSS.):C.status dies: tres in anno statos dies habere quibus, etc.,
Liv. 39, 13, 8:stato loco statisque diebus,
id. 42, 32, 2; so id. 5, 52, 2; 27, 23 fin.:stato lustri die,
Sen. Troad. 781:status sacrificii dies,
Flor. 1, 3, 16:statum tempus, statā vice, etc.: lunae defectio statis temporibus fit,
Liv. 44, 37 init.; so id. 28, 6, 10:stato tempore,
Tac. A. 12, 13; id. H. 4, 81; Plin. 11, 37, 65, § 173:stata tempora (partus),
Stat. Achill. 2, 673:adeo in illā plagā mundus statas vices temporum mutat,
Curt. 8, 19, 13; so id. 9, 9, 9; 5, 1, 23; so, feriae, etc.: feriae statae appellabantur quod certo statutoque die observarentur, Paul. ex Fest. p. 69 Lind.:stata quinquennia,
Stat. S. 5, 3, 113:stata sacra or sacrificia: stata sacrificia sunt quae certis diebus fieri debent,
Fest. p. 264 Lind.:proficiscuntur Aeniam ad statum sacrificium,
Liv. 40, 4, 9; 23, 35, 3; 5, 46, 2; 39, 13, 8; Cic. Mil. 17, 45:solemne et statum sacrificium (al. statutum),
id. Tusc. 1, 47, 113; so Liv. 23, 35, 3:stata sacra,
Ov. F. 2, 528; Stat. Th. 1, 666:stata foedera,
id. ib. 11, 380:status flatus,
Sen. Ben. 4, 28:stati cursus siderum,
Plin. 18, 29, 69, § 291 (different: statae stellae = fixed stars, Censor. D. N. 8, belonging to II. 2. supra): statae febres, intermittent fevers, returning regularly, Plin. 28, 27, 28, § 107.—Moderate, average, normal:inter enim pulcherrimam feminam et deformissimam media forma quaedam est, quae et a nimio pulcritudinis periculo et a summo deformitatis odio vacat, qualis a Q. Ennio perquam eleganti vocabulo stata dicitur...Ennius autem eas fere feminas ait incolumi pudicitia esse quae statā formā forent,
Gell. 5, 11, 12 -14 (v. Enn. Trag. p. 133 Vahl.). -
11 consisto
con-sisto, stĭti, stĭtum, 3, v. n., to place one's self anywhere, to stand still, stand, halt, stop, make a stop (very freq. and class. in prose and poetry).I.Lit.A.In gen.:B.jam hunc non ausim praeterire, quin consistam et conloquar,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 4, 14:otiose nunc jam ilico hic consiste,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 2:ubi ad ipsum veni diverticulum, constiti,
id. Eun. 4, 2, 7; cf. Hor. S. 1, 9, 62:uti et viatores consistere cogant,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5:neque is (Demosthenes) consistens in loco, sed inambulans atque ascensu ingrediens arduo,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261:si ludius constitit aut tibicen repente conticuit,
id. Har. Resp. 11, 23; cf. id. Arch. 8, 19:plura scribam ad te cum constitero: nunc eram plane in medio mari,
id. Att. 5, 12, 3: constitit nusquam primo quam ad Vada venit, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 2:in quibus oppidis consistere praetores et conventum agere solebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 28:Romae post praeturam,
id. ib. 2, 1, 39, §101: ire modo ocius, interdum consistere,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 9:in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6:omnes ordines, tota in illā contione Italia constitit,
Cic. Sest. 50, 107:ad mensam consistere et ministrare,
id. Tusc. 5, 21, 61; so,ad aras,
Ov. M. 10, 274:ad ramos,
id. ib. 10, 510:ante domum,
id. ib. 2, 766:ante torum,
id. ib. 15, 653:in aede,
id. ib. 15, 674:in medio,
id. ib. 10, 601; and with a simple abl.:limine,
id. ib. 4, 486; 9, 397; Stat. Th. 1, 123; Verg. A. 1, 541:post eum,
Quint. 1, 10, 27:in pedes,
Sen. Ep. 121, 9:calce aliquem super ipsum debere consistere,
trample on, Cels. 8, 14, 19.—In partic.1.To set, become hard or solid:2.frigore constitit Ister,
has been frozen, Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 1; cf.unda,
id. M. 9, 662: sanguis, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 38:alvus,
Cato, R. R. 126; 156, 4; cf.:cum jam perfecte mustum deferbuit et constitit,
Col. 12, 21, 3:album ex ovo, quo facilius consistat,
Cels. 4, 20, 15.—Cum aliquo, to station or place one's self with some one for conversation, to stand with:3.in hoc jam loco cum altero Constitit,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 31; id. Curc. 4, 2, 16 sq.:cum hoc consistit, hunc amplexatur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 7, 19.—To take one's place, take position, assume a place or attitude for an action, etc.;4.of a musician: ut constitit,
Suet. Ner. 21;of an actor: in scaenā vero postquam solus constitit,
Phaedr. 5, 5, 13;of an orator: in communibus suggestis,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59:Aesopus mediā subito in turbā constitit,
Phaedr. 4, 5, 29;for shooting: post acer Mnestheus adducto constitit arcu,
Verg. A. 5, 507; cf.of athletes, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 426; Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83:inter duas acies,
Liv. 7, 10, 9:cum aliquo,
Petr. 19, 5.—Hence,Milit. t. t., to halt, make a halt, take a position, to make a stand (opp. to a march, flight, or disorder):5.locus, ubi constitissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. ib. 1, 24; cf.:in sinistrā parte acies,
id. ib. 2, 23:in fluctibus,
id. ib. 4, 24:sub muro,
id. ib. 7, 48:juxta,
id. ib. 2, 26 al.:pro opere,
Sall. J. 92, 8:equites Ariovisti pari intervallo constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:constitit utrumque agmen,
Liv. 21, 46, 4:sic regii constiterant,
id. 42, 58, 10 et saep.:ut reliquae (legiones) consistere non auderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 17:in locis superioribus consistere,
id. ib. 3, 6:a fugā,
Liv. 10, 36, 11:naves eorum nostris adversae constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14.—Jurid. t. t., to appear as accuser before a court of justice:6.cum debitoribus,
Dig. 5, 3, 49:cum matre,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 3:adversus dominos,
Dig. 5, 1, 53.—Poet.:7.fert animus propius consistere,
i. e. take a nearer view, Ov. A. A. 3, 467.—To have a stand as a dealer, occupy a place of business:II.ede ubi consistas,
Juv. 3, 296:in tabernā,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 5 Müll.:IN SCHOLA,
Inscr. Orell. 4085; cf.:locum consistendi Romanis in Galliā non fore,
Caes. B. G. 7, 37; 7, 42.—Trop.A.In gen., to rest, remain, stand, Lucr. 2, 332; cf. id. 2, 322:B.patiamini eo transire illius turpitudinis infamiam, ubi cetera maleficia consistunt,
Cic. Clu. 30, 83; cf.:ut unde orta culpa esset, ibi poena consisteret,
Liv. 28, 26, 3:ante oculos rectum pietasque pudorque constiterant,
Ov. M. 7, 73. —In partic.1.To pause, to dwell upon, delay, stop:2.in uno nomine,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 95:ipsa mihi veritas manum inicit et paulisper consistere et commorari cogit,
id. Rosc. Com. 16, 48; cf. id. de Or. 3, 31, 124:in singulis,
id. Part. Or. 35, 120.— Impers. pass.:ista quae spectantur, ad quae consistitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 4.—(Acc. to I. B. 2.) To be or remain firm, unshaken, immovable, steadfast, to be at rest, to stand one's ground, to continue, endure, subsist, be, exist:* 3.mente consistere,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 68; so,neque mente nec linguā neque ore,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:praeclare in forensibus causis,
id. Or. 9, 30:in dicendo,
id. Clu. 39, 108:verbo quidem superabis me ipso judice, re autem ne consistes quidem ullo judice,
id. Caecin. 21, 59; cf.of the cause itself: quia magistratus aliquis reperiebatur, apud quem Alfeni causa consisteret,
id. Quint. 22, 71; cf.also: modo ut tibi constiterit fructus otii tui,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 1:in quo (viro) non modo culpa nulla, sed ne suspitio quidem potuit consistere,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 152; cf. id. Clu. 29, 78:confiteor... me consistere in meo praesidio sic, ut non fugiendi hostis sed capiendi loci causā cessisse videar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 294:vitam consistere tutam,
to remain, continue safe, Lucr. 6, 11 Lachm. N. cr.:constitit in nullā qui fuit ante color,
Ov. A. A. 1, 120:sunt certi denique fines, Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 107; Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 68:quales cum vertice celso Aëriae quercus constiterunt,
Verg. A. 3, 679:nullo in loco, nullā in personā... consistunt (ista quae vires atque opes humanae vocantur),
Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 7: spes est hunc miserum aliquando tandem posse consistere, to take a firm stand (the figure derived from fleeing soldiers), Cic. Quint. 30, 94:si prohibent consistere vires,
Ov. M. 7, 573.—Cum aliquo, to agree with: videsne igitur Zenonem tuum cum Aristone verbis consistere, re dissidere, cum Aristotele et illis re consentire, verbis discrepare, Cic. Fin. 4, 26, 72.—4.In gen., to be, exist:(β).vix binos oratores laudabiles constitisse,
Cic. Brut. 97, 333:sine agricultoribus nec consistere mortales nec ali posse manifestum est,
Col. 1, praef. § 6; Varr. R. R. 3, 8 fin.:quadringentis centum Venerios non posse casu consistere,
to occur, lake place, be thrown, Cic. Div. 2, 21, 48: summa studia officii inter nos certatim constiterunt, Lentul. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 3: sed non in te quoque constitit idem Exitus, take or have place, Ov. M. 12, 297.—With in, ex, or the simple abl. (in Quint. also with circa and inter; v. infra), to consist in or of, to depend upon:5.major pars victūs eorum in lacte, caseo, carne consistit,
Caes. B. G. 6, 22:omnis per se natura duabus Constitit in rebus,
Lucr. 1, 420:e quibus haec rerum summa consistat,
id. 1, 236; so with ex, id. 1, 839; 1, 873 al.; with abl.:deveniunt in talis disposturas, Qualibus haec rerum consistit summa,
id. 1, 1028; 5, 61; 5, 66:vita omnis in venationibus atque in studiis rei militaris consistit,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21:in eo salus et vita optimi cujusque consistit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 8, 19:in hoc summa judicii causaque tota consistit,
id. Quint. 9, 32; cf. id. de Or. 1, 40, 182:causam belli in personā tuā,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:in quibus vita beata,
id. Tusc. 5, 14, 40:in unā honestate omne bonum,
id. ib. 5, 14, 42:in nomine controversia,
Quint. 7, 3, 7; 8, 3, 57:in actu rhetoricen,
id. 2, 18, 2; 6, 3, 42:spes omnis consistebat Datami in se locique naturā,
Nep. Dat. 8, 3.—With abl., Quint. 12, 10, 59:omnis quaestio circa res personasque consistere videtur,
id. 3, 5, 7; 6, 3, 19:quaestio inter utile atque honestum consistet,
id. 3, 8, 24. —As opp. to progressive motion, to come to a stand, stand still, stop, rest, take rest, cease:► Consisto as v.sola Ubi quiesco, omnis familiae causa consistit tibi,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 9:omnis administratio belli consistit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12:vel concidat omne caelum omnisque terra consistat necesse est,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54:forensium rerum labor et ambitionis occupatio constitisset,
id. de Or. 1, 1, 1:usura,
id. Att. 6, 1, 7: diarroia, id. Fam. 7, 26, 2; cf.:videndum, morbus an increscat, an consistat, an minuatur,
remains unchanged, Cels. 3, 2; and:cursus pituitae,
id. 6, 6:cum ad Trebiam terrestre constitisset bellum,
Liv. 21, 49, 1:cum bellum Ligustinum ad Pisas constitisset,
id. 35, 4, 1; 22, 32, 4:infractaque constitit ira,
Ov. M. 6, 627:Gaius ejusque posteri in equestri ordine constitere usque ad Augusti patrem,
Suet. Aug. 2; cf.:maledictum, quod intra verba constitit,
stopped at, went no farther than, Quint. Decl. 279.a. = constituo formerly stood Lucr. 6, 11; Sall. J. 49, 6; but these passages are corrected in recent editions. It is now found only Gell. 5, 10, 9, a doubtful passage, where Hertz reads: cum ad judices coniiciendae [consistendae] causae gratiā venissent. -
12 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
13 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
14 ad
ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].I.As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.A.In space.1.Direction toward, to, toward, and first,a.Horizontally:b.fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:c.duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):2.tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.The point or goal at which any thing arrives.a.Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):(α).ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:(β).ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):(γ).oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:(δ).Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:(ε).postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:(ζ).miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:(η).nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:b.nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):3.via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):B.ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.In time, analogous to the relations given in A.1.Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:2.domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:3.ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:C.praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.The relations of number.1.An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):2.ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):D.ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.In the manifold relations of one object to another.1.That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.a.With verbs:b.ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—With adjectives:c.ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—With nouns:d.prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;2.jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):3.columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.a.The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:b.cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,(α).is done,(β).is designed, or,(γ). (α).Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):(β).venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:(γ).ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:4.haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:E.ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.Adverbial phrases with ad.1.Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:2.ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:3.nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):4.ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—Ad tempus.a.At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—b.At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—c.For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—d.According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—5.Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).a.For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—b.At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—6.Ad locum, on the spot:7.ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—8.Ad summam.a. b. 9.Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.a. (α).Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:(β).missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—Of time = telos de, at last, finally:(γ).ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;b.ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:10.consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—11.Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.► a.Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:b.traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:c.quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).II.In composition.A.Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—B.Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.1.Local.a. b.At, by: astare, adesse.—c. d.Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—2.Fig.a.To: adjudico, adsentior.—b.At or on: admiror, adludo.—c.Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—d.Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—e.Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—f.Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134. -
15 система
system (sys, syst)
комплекс элементов, в котором каждый элемент работает или взаимодействует для выполнения общей функции, выполняемой данным комплексом. — any organized arrangement in which each component part acts, reacts, or interacts in accordance with an overall design inherent in the arrangement.
-, аварийная — emergency system
дублирующая система, предназначенная для использования в случае отказа основной, — the emergency system is used to take the place of the main system in case of the main system failure.
-, аварийная гидравлическая (подраздел 029-20 no стандартной системе нумерации tex. документации no гост 18675-73). — auxiliary hydraulic system used to supplement or take the place of the main hydraulic system
- аварийного освещения (подраздел 33-50) — emergency lighting system (section 33-50. emergency lighting)
- аварийного останова (двигателя) — emergency shutdown system
- аварийного открытия замков шасси — emergency landing gear uplock release system
- аварийного покидания ла — emergency-escape system
- аварийного покидания ла (разд. 100) — ejection escape
- аварийного покидания ла, катапультная — ejection-escape system
- аварийного слива топлива (в полете) (подраздел 028-30) — fuel dump system, fuel jettisoning system dump used to dump fuel overboard during flight.
- аварийного торможения (азотная) — emergency air (wheel) brake system
- аварийной и предупредительной сигнализации (сас) — (master) warning and caution system
- аварийной регистрации параметров полета (сарпп) — flight data recorder system (fdr)
- аварийной сигнализации — emergency warning system
система выдает визуальный или звуковой сигнал для предупреждения экипажа о нарушении нормальной работы или условий. — the system provides visual and aural signals to alert the flight crew to special or urgent circumstances.
- аварийной сигнализации и блокировки — warning and interlock system
- аварийной, предупредительной и уведомляющей сигнализации — (master) warning and caution (system)
- автомата загрузки (управления ла) — feel system
- автомата сигнализации углов атаки, скольжения (и перегрузок) (ауасп) — angle-of-attack, slip and асceleration indicating/warning system
- система торможения — anti-skid system
система не допускает возникновения юза (заторможенных) колес шасси, независимо от воздействия летчика на тормозные педали, давление в тормозах сбрасывается при возникновении юза колеса и подается снова для обеспечения торможения при отсутствии юза. — the function of the system is such that regardless of how much the rudder toe pedals may be depressed, brake pressure will be released when excessive wheel deceleration is sensed, when system is armed, and then re-applied at a power level to provide maximum braking without skidding.
- автомата тряски штурвала (при выходе на критический угол атаки) — stick shaker system. with stall warning test switch depressed, the stick shaker (system) should operate.
- автомата тяги (подраздел 022-30) — auto throttle system (at) auto throttle
служит для автоматического регулирования тяги (двигателя) при заходе на посадку или уходе на второй круг. — automatically controls the position of the throttles (eпgins power) during landing/approach and go around procedures.
- автомата усилий (в системе управления ла) — automatic gain control (agc)
- автомата усилий (загрузки управления ла) — feel system
-, автоматизированная — automated system
-, автоматизированная навигационная — automated navigation system (ans)
- автоматики топлива (управление и сигнализация работы топливной системы) — (automatic) fuel management and indicating system
-, автоматическая навигационная (ану) — self-contained dead reckoning system, dr system
- автоматического выброса кислородных масок (срабатывающая при падении давления в кабине) — oxygen mask drop out system (operated by cabin low pressure)
- автоматического выпуска парашюта — automatic parachute deploy-' ment system
- автоматического захода на посадку — automatic approach system
- автоматического контроля исправности (саки) — automatic test system
- автоматического регулирования давления воздуха в гермокабине (сард) — (automatic) cabin (air) pressure control system
- автоматического регулирования двигателя — automatic compressor control system
управляет механизацией компрессора: кпв, вна.
- автоматического регулирования расхода топлива — automatic fuel management system
- автоматического регулирования усилий (ару, на органах управления, напр., рв) — automatic (elevator) load feel control system
- автоматического регулирования частоты вращения несущего винта (вертолета) — main rotor speed governor system
- автоматического торможения — anti-skid control (system)
anti-skid control system releases the brake pressure when it senses a locked or skidding wheel.
- автоматического триммирования — auto trim (control) system
- автоматического уменьшения крена (аук) — bank counteract system
система включается при отказе одного двигателя (на одном крыле), отклоняя интерцептор (спойлер) на противоположном крыле. — with an engine failed, the opposite wing speller is eхtended to counteract dangerous bank.
- автоматического управления (комплекс автопилота и системы траекторного управления) — autopilot and flight director control system, ap/fd flight control system. complete ар control with simultaneous flight director commands the pilot саn monitor.
- автоматического управления запуском (двигателя, сауз) — engine auto start(ing) system
- автоматического управления заходом на посадку — automatic approach system
- автоматического управления и регулирования — automatic control(ling) and regulating system
- автоматического управления параллельной работой генераторов — generator autoparalleling system
the system senses voltages on the generator side of the generator breaker and on the bus.
- автоматического управления (сау) — auto flight control system, ap/fd flight control system
- автоматического управления полетом, бортовая (абсу) (раздел 22) — auto flight (control) system (afcs) auto flight
комплекс агрегатов и элементов, обеспечивающих автематическое управление ла в полете, — those units and components which furnish а means of automatically controlling the flight of the aircraft.
- автоматического управления посадкой (дублированная, резервная) — (dual) autoland system (dual a/l)
- автоматического управления самолетом (относительно 3-х осей) — autopilot system (ар)
(подраздел 022-10, система автопилота) — autopilot
часть абсу, использующая радиотехнические средства, автоматы курса, гировертикали,a также устройства принудительного ввода команд для автоматического продольного и поперечного управления ла. — that portion of the system that uses radio/radar beam, directional and vertical gyro, pitot static and manually induced inputs to the system to automatically control yaw, pitch and roll of the aircraft.
- автоматического управления расходом топлива (автомат расхода) — automatic fuel management system
- автоматического флюгирования воздушного винта — automatic propeller feathering system
- автоматической загрузки (саз) — automatic feel system (afs)
- автоматической отдачи ручки (штурвала) (при выходе на критический угол атаки) — stick (or control wheel) pusher system
- автоматической регистрации параметров полета (сарпп) — flight data recorder system, flight recorder system (fdr)
для записи основных параметров полета при помощи самописцев. — used for recording data not related to specific system. lncludes flight recorders.
- автоматической посадки — automatic banding /autoland/ system (autoland, a/l)
- автоматической стабилизации — automatic stabilization system
- автоматической стабилизации (вертолета) относительно трех осей — three-axis autostabilization system. the helicopter is equipped with a three-axis autostabilization system with the autopilot facilities.
-, автономная — self-contained system
доплеровский измеритель путевой скорости и сноса является автономной системой автоматического счисления — doppler navigation system is а self-contained deadreckoning system.
-, автономная (отдельная) — independent system
-, автономная масляная — self-contained /independent/ oil system
каждый двигатель имеет свою автономную масляную систему. — each engine has а self-contained (independent) oil system.
-, автономная (автоматическая) навигационная (ану) — self-contained dead reckoning (dr) system
- автономного запуска (двигателя) — independent starting system
бортовая система, обеспечивающая запуск двигателей при отсутствии наземных источников энергопитания, — the apu provides а means for independent starting of the engines with а ground power source unavailable.
- автопилота — autopilot system
(подраздел 022-10) — autopilot
-, активная — active system
бортовая радиоэлектронная система, включающая передающее оборудование, напр., радиоответчик. — in radio and radar, a system which requires transmitting equipment, such as a beacon or transponder, to be carried in the aircraft.
- активного демпфирования (сад) — airframe (oscillation) damping system
автоматическое демпфирование колебаний крыла и фюзеляжа для облегчения условий работы соответствующих конструктивных элементов.
- активного ответа (сро) — (active) transponder system
- активного ответа, диспетчерекая — атс transponder system
взаимодействует е радиола катарами увд.
-, антенно-фидерная (афс) — antenna-feeder system
-, астроинерциальная — stellar inertial navigation system (sins)
-, астроинерциальная, малогабаритная (маис) — stellar inertial navigation system (sins)
-, астронавигационная — selestial /stellar/ navigation system
-, астроориентирная — star-tracker system
- аэродинамических параметров (центральная) — (central) air-data computer system
(высота, вертикальная скорость, скорость, температура, число м)
-, аэронавигационная, радиоэлектронная — avionics navigation system
- аэродромного (электрического) питания — external electrical power system
(подраздел 024-40) — external power
эл. сеть ла, служащая для подвода аэродромного питания к бортовой сети ла. — that portion of the system within the aircraft which connects external electrical power to the aircraft's electrical system.
- (продольной) балансировки (самолета) — trim system
-, безбустерная — unassisted control system
-, бесплатформенная инерциальная навигационная (бинс на лазерных гироскопах) — gimballes inertial navigation system (ins)
- бесшумной настройки (рад.) — squelch control system
- бензопитания — fuel supply system
-, бленкерная — warning flag movement
механизм перемещения бленкера (директорного) прибора. — то deflect the flag into or out of view.
- ближней навигации, радиотехническая (рсбн) — short-range radio navigation system
- боевого сброса бомб — normal bomb release system
- блокировки — interlock(ing) system
- блокировки и сигнализации — interlock and warning system
- бпокировки самолетных систем (по обжатию амортстойки шасси) — ground shift system
для включения/выключения систем ла при обжатой амортстойке шасси, — the ground shift system activates/deactivates some aircraft systems with gear shock strut compressed.
- блокировки управления двигателем (no реверсу) — thrust reverser throttle interlock system
- блокировки управления двигателем (no руд) — engine throttle interlock system
- ближней навигации по маякам вор — vor navigation system
- бокового канала (управления ла) — roll (channel) control system
включает вычислитель, дус, рм (элеронов).
-, бортовая — airborne system
любая система, установленная на борту ла. — the airborne computer system gives track guidance.
-, бортовая (б/c) — aircraft electrical system, (from aircraft)
питание ламп напряжением 27 в б/с. — lamps are powered by 27 vdc from aircraft.
-, бустерная (управления) (рис. 20) — power(ed) control system
-, бустерная гидравлическая — hydraulic power(ed) control system
-, бустерная необратимая (рис. 20) — power-operated control system the power-operated control system is irreversible boost system.
-, бустерная обратимая (рис. 20) — power-boost control system the power-boost control system is a reversible boost system.
- вентиляции — ventilation system
- вентиляции подкапотного пространства (двиг.) — nacelle ventilation (and cooling) system
- визуальной индикации глиссады (при заходе на посадку) — visual approach slope indicator system (vasis)
- включена (работает) — system on
- включена (готова к работе) — system armed
- включения готовности (самолетных) систем по обжатию амортстойки — ground shift system
- вкпючения (готовности) управления поворотом передних колес от педалей рн на земле — rudder pedal steering shift system
- внесения изменений (в документацию) — revision system
-, внешняя (подключенная к данной системе) — coupled system
- внутрисамолетной радиотрансляции — passenger address and entertainment system
(подраздел 023-30) — passenger address and entertainment
радиоаппаратура оповещения и развлечения пассажиров, — that portion of the system used to address and entertain the passengers.
- внутрисамолетной связи при техобслуживании — ground service interphone system
-, водоканализационная — water/waste system
(раздел 038) — water/waste
стационарные устройства и агрегаты для водоснабжения и канализации использованной воды и отбросов, — those fixed units and components which store and deliver for use fresh water, and those fixed components which store and furnish a means for removal of water and waste.
- водоснабжения и удаления отходов — water/waste system
- воздухозаборника, противообледенительная — air intake ice protection system, air intake anti-icing system
(подраздел 030-20) — air intakes
часть пос для предотвращения или удаления обледенения воздухозаборников двигателей, — that portion of the system which is used to eliminate or prevent the formation of ice in or around air intakes. includes power plant antiicing.
-, воздушная (система, использующая воздух, отбираемый от двигателей для питания системы скв, пос, запуска двигателей) — pneumatic power system (pneu pwr sys)
- воздушная (разд.036) — pneumatic
- воздушного винта, противообледенительная — propeller ice protection system, propeller anti-icing system
(подраздел 030-60) — propellers/rotors
часть пос для предотвращения образования льда и его удаления с возд. винтов, — that portion of the system which is used to eliminate or prevent the formation of ice on propellers or rotors.
-, воздушно-тепловая противообледенительная — hot air ice protection system
- воздушных параметров полета — flight environment data system
(подраздел 034-10) — flight environment data
устройства, воспринимающие параметры окружающей среды, для использования в целях навигации. включает системы динамического и статического давлений, измерения температуры наружного воздуха, вертикальной и воздушной скорости, высоты и т.п. — that portion of the system which senses environmental conditions and uses the data to influence navigation. lncludes items such as pitot, static, air temperature, rateof-climb, airspeed, high speed warning, altitude, altitude reporting, altimeter correction system, etc.
- воздушных сигналов (свс) — air data computer system (adc)
- воздушных сигналов, цифровая — digital air data computer system (dads)
- впрыска воды — water injection system
(раздел 082) — water injection
система, дозирующая и подающая воду или водную смесь на вход двигателя. — those units and components which furnish, meter and inject water or water mixtures into the induction system.
- впрыска топлива — fuel injection system
-, впускная (двигателя) — induction system
система, состоящая из трубопроводов, коллекторов, карбюраторов, воздухозаборинков и агрегатов, для подачи топливовоздушной смеси в двигатель, — the combined system of piping manifolds, carburetor, air scoops, accessories, etc., which are used to supply the engine with a fuel mixture charge.
- временных изменений — temporary revision system
- всережимного предельного регулирования температуры (газов за турбиной, впрт) — all-power exhaust gas temperatore control system
-, вспомогательная — auxiliary system
-, вспомогательная гидравлическая (для привода второстепенных вспомогательных агрегатов и систем) — utility hydraulic system
- встречного запуска (двигателя в воздухе), автоматическая — automatic (engine) air relight /restart/ system
- встроенного контроля (свк) — built-in test system (bits), integral test system
- встроенного контроля и предупреждения экипажа, обобщенная — integrated built-in test and crew warning system
-, входящая (имеющая отношение к...) — related system. airframe and related systems.
- выпуска парашюта — parachute deployment system
- выработки топлива (из баков) — (tank) fuel usage system
- высокого давления, топливная (от насоса-регулятора до форсунок) — high-pressure (hp) fuel system
-, высотная (вентиляции и герметизации кабин) — air conditioning system
(раздел 021) — air conditioning
устройства, обеспечивающие наддув, обогрев, охлаждение и увлажнение воздуха, используемого для вентиляции герметичной кабины ла. — those units and components which furnish а means of pressurizing, heating, cooling, moisture controlling and filtering the air used to ventilate the areas of the fuselage within the pressure seals.
- высотная (жизнеобеспечения, создания искусственного климата в кабине ла) — environmental control system (ecs)
- высотно-скоростных параметров, информационная (см. комплекс) — flight environment data system (feds)
-, вытяжная парашютная (впс, для извлечения грузовых платформ из грузовой кабины) — extractor parachute system. то withdraw loads from aircraft cargo compartment in flight.
-, выхлопная — exhaust system
(раздел 078) — exhaust
для отвода выходящих газов двигателя в атмосферу, — those units and components which direct the engine exhaust gases overboard.
- вычисления отношения давлений двигателя — engine pressure ratio computer system
служит для определения режима (тяги) двигателя, — the system is used to determine engine rating for all modes of operation.
- географических координат — geographic(al) coordinate system
- геодезических координат — geodetic coordinate system
- герметизации (кабин) — pressurization system
- герметизации (уплотнения дверей, люков) — (door) sealing (system)
- герметизации, обогрева и вентиляции (кабин ла) — air conditioning system
-, гидравлическая (включающая источники и потребители) — hydraulic system
-, гидравлическая (включающая источники и регуляторы давления) — hydraulic power system
(раздел 029) — hydraulic power
агрегаты (насосы, регуляторы, краны), обеспечивающие подачу рабочей жидкости под давлением к общей точке (коллектору) для распределения по др. системам, — units and components (pumps, regulators, lines, valves) which furnish hydraulic fluid under pressure to а common point (manifold) for redistribution to other systems.
- nо. 1, гидравлическая (надпись) — no. 1 hyd sys(t)
-, гидравлическая аварийная — emergency hydraulic system
-, гидравлическая аварийная (вспомогательная, дублирующая, резервная) — auxiliary hydraulic system
-, гидравлическая вспомогательная (дублирующая, резервная) — auxiliary hydraulic system
-, гидравлическая вспомогательная (для привода вспомогательных агрегатов, систем) — utility hydraulic system
-, гидравлическая дублирующая (авар., вспомогат., резервн.) — auxiliary hydraulic system
-, гидравлическая, общая — main hydraulic system
-, гироинерциальная (с гироплатформой и акселерометрами) — inertial navigation system (ins)
-, гироинерциальная, малогабаритная (мис) — inertial navigation system (ins)
-, гироинерциальная с дублированием курса и вертикали — inertial navigation system with attitude and heading reference
-, гироскопическая — gyro system
- громкоговорящего оповещения — passenger address system
- дальней навигации — long-range navigation system
- дальней навигации, радиотехническая (омега) — omega navigation system, omega automatic computerized earth-oriented navigation system
-, дапьномерная (дме) — distance measuring system (dme)
- двигателя, противообледенительная — engine anti-icing system
- двигателя, противопожарная — engine fire extinguishing system
- двигателя, топливная — engine fuel system
система, включающая агрегаты и трубопроводы за пожарным (перекрывным) краном. — the system consists of those components downstream of the fuel fire shut-off valve.
- двойного зажигания — dual ignition system
an ignition system utilizing two separate and duplicate systems.
-, двухотказная (сохраняющая работоспособность при одиночном отказе) — fail-operative system
-, двухочередная противопожарная — two discharge /"two-shot"/ fire extinguishing system
-, динамическая (манометра) — pressure system
-, динамическая (приемников возд. давлений, пвд) — pitot (pressure) system
-, динамическая (пвд), аварийная — auxiliary pitot system (aux pitot)
-, динамическая (пвд), основная — main pitot system
- динамического давления рабочего, основного (переключатепь) — normal pitot pressure system (norm pitot)
-, динамического давления, резервного (переключатель) — auxiliary pitot pressure system (aux pitot)
-, директорная — flight director (fd) system
является пилотажно-навигационной системой, обеспечивающей летчиков визуальной индикацией положения самолета в пространстве и курсовой информацией для полета по заданной траектории. — fd system is a navigation aid to assist pilots by presenting visually accurate aircraft attitude and heading information to follow the preselected flight path.
- директорного управления (сду) — flight director (system), (fd)
- директорных пилотажных приборов — flight director (system)
система включает пилотажный командный прибор, плановый навигационный прибор, вычислительное устройство, блок сравнения, гировертикаль. — flight director (system) incorporates flight director indicator, course indicator, computer, comparator system, vertical reference gyro unit.
- дистанционного управления — remote control system
- для опрыскивания — spraying system
-, доплеровская — doppler system
- доплеровская, навигационная — doppler (navigation) system
система, использующая эффект доплера для получения навигационной информации. — in radar, any system utilizing the doppler effect for obtaining information.
- доплеровского измерителя (дисс) — doppler navigation /computer/ system (dop)
система использует зависимость частоты отраженного сигнала от скорости источника излучения (эффект доплеpa) и позволяет определить путевую скорость и угол сноса (рис. 82). — the system provides outputs of velocity along and across heading to а navigation сошputer. ground speed and drift information is computed and displayed.
- дренажа (слива) — drain(age) system
- дренажа (сообщения с атмосферой) — vent system
- дренажа (слива) топлива — fuel drain system
- дренажа (слива) топливных коллекторов — fuel manifold drain system
-, дренажная (слива) — drainage system
-, дренажная (сообщения с атмосферой) — vent system
-, дренажная (двигателя) — engine drainage system
дренажные устройства двигателя должны располагаться таким образом, чтобы отводимые жидкости (топливо, масло) не создавали опасности возникновения пожара. — the drainage means must be arranged so that no discharged fluid will cause a fire hazard.
-, дублирующая — alternate system
общий термин, подразумевающий как вторую равноценную систему, так и систему, способную выполнять ограниченные функции в случае отказа основной. — each alternate system may be а duplicate power portion or а manually operated mechanical system.
-, дублирующая (вторая равноценная система, напр., пилотажных приборов) — duplicate /duplicating/ system
система включает пилотажные приборы на рабочем месте летчика и аналогичные приборы на рабочих местах др. членов экипажа, — duplicate instrument system incorporates flight instruments for the pilot, and the same instruments duplicated at other flight crew stations.
-, дублирующая аварийная — duplicating emergency system
-, дублирующая (аварийная) гидравлическая — auxiliary hydraulic system
- единиц — system of units
- единиц сгс (сантиметр, грамм, секунда) — cgs (centimeter-gram-second) system of units
система единиц для механич., электрических, магнитных и акустических величин. основн. единицы: сантиметр (ед. длины), грамм (ед. массы) и секунда (ед. времени). — а metric measuring system, sometimes known as the absolute system of measurement where cgs (centimetergram-second) are respectivelу the length units, the weight units, and the time units.
- (управления), жесткая (при помощи тяг) — push-pull (rod) control system
- жизнеобеспечения (искуственного климата в кабинах ла) — environmental control system (ecs)
- забора воздуха — air induction system
система забора воздуха должна обеспечивать потребное количество воздуха, подаваемого в двигатель на всех режимах работы. — the air induction system for each engine must supply air required by that engine under each operating condition.
- загрузки (а системе управления) — (artificial) feel system
- зажигания — ignition system
(раздел 074) — ignition
система, обеспечивающая зажигание топлива или рабочей смеси в камерах сгорания поршневых или газотурбинных двигателей, а также в форсажных камерах гтд. — those units and components which generate, control, furnish, or distribute an electriсаl current to ignite the fuel air mixture in the cylinders of reciprocating engines or in the combustion chambers or thrust augmentors of turbine engines.
- зажигания продолжительногo режима работы — continuous ignition system
работает в полете для предотвращения срыва пламени в камерах сгорания при неблагоприятных условиях. — used in flight to prevent flameout during adverse ambient conditions.
- зажигания, пусковая (или повторно-кратковременного режима работы) — starting (or intermittent) ignition system
used in all engine starts, including air relighting.
- зажигания, экранированная — shielded ignition system
система, элементы которой заключены в металлические оболочки-экраны для уменьшения радиопомех, создаваемых при работе системы. — complete enclosure of all parts, of the ignition system (spark plugs, wires, magnetos, etc.) in suitable interconnected and grounded metal housings to minimize radio interference.
- заливки (заливочная) — priming system
устройство для впрыска легкого топлива в цилиндры или патрубки пд для облегчения его запуска. — prior to starting the engine make several strokes of the priming pump plunger to prime the engine.
-, замкнутая — closed (circuit) system
в производственный вес nycтого самолета включается только вес жидкостей, содержащихся в замкнутых системах. — the manufacturerss emply weight includes only those fluids contained in closed systems.
-, замкнутая масляная — closed (circuit) oil system
- записи — recording system
- заправки топливом — fueling /refueling/ system
- заправки топливом под давлением — pressure fueling system
- заправки топливом, централизованная (под давлением) — single point pressure fueling system
автоматическая и одновременная заправка всех топливных баков осуществляется посредством системы централизованной заправки. — automatic and simultaneous pressure fueling of all fuel tanks is accomplished by the single point pressure fueling system.
- запуска — starting system
(раздел 080) — starting
совокупность деталей и агрегатов силовой установки, служащих для запуска двигателя. — those units, components and associated systems used for starting the engine. includes electrical, inertia, air or other starter systems.
- запуска, воздушная — air /pneumatic/ starting system
- запуска двигателя — engine starting system
- запуска двигателя в воздухе — engine flight restart system
- захода на посадку, автоматическая — automatic approach system
- защиты — protection system
- защиты воздухозаборника от (попадания) посторонних предметов — air intake debris protection system
- защиты воздухозаборников (двиг.), струйная — engine air intake blowaway jet system
- защиты лобовых стекол от запотевания — windshield demisting /defogging/system
- защиты от обледенения и атмосферных осадков — ice and rain protection system
(раздел 030) — ice and rain protection
система для предотвращения образования или удаления льда и удаления атмосферных осадков с различных частей ла. — those units and components which provide а means of preventing or disposing of formation of ice and rain on various parts of the aircraft.
- защиты от опасных (завыщенных оборотов) — overspeed protection system
- защиты стекол от запотевания — window demisting /defogging/ system
- защиты турбины (несущего) винта от раскрутки (сзтв) — main rotor overspeed protection system
- звуковой информации о высоте полета (автоматическая) — (automatic) altitude reporting system
- избирательного вызова (на связь) — selective call(ing) system
- (внесения) изменений (в документацию) — revision system
- измерения (количества) масла (сим) — oil quantity indicating system (oil qty)
- измерения массы и центровки (симц) — on-board weight /mass/ and balance system
для определения массы (в кг) и положения центра тяжести (в % сах) при нахождении ла на земле. — the system measures the aircraft gross weight (in kg) and computes cg (in % mac) when the aircraft is on the ground.
- измерения расхода топлива (ситр) — fuel flowmeter system
при наличии системы измерения расхода топлива, у каждого летчика должен быть предусмотрен канал перепуска. — if а fuel flowmeter system is installed, each metering component must have a means for bypassing the fuel supply.
- измерения расхода топлива (и суммарного запаса топлива) — fuel flow and quantity indicating system
- измерения температуры (выходящих) газов за турбиной (дв.) — exhaust /turbine/ gas temperature indicating /measuring/ system (egt ind, tgt ind)
egt is measured by thermocouples.
- измерения углов атаки и перегрузок (автомат ауасп) — angle of attack and acceleration indicating/warning system
- измерения уровня масла (сим) — oil quantity indicating system
- измерения частоты вращения — tachometer system
- имитации автоматического управления (исау) — auto flight control simulation system
- имитации видимости (сив) — visibility simulation system
шторка различной прозрачности для имитации метеоминимумов.
- имитации визуальной индикации — visual display simulation system
- имитации усилий (на органах управления) — (artificial) feel system
- индикации — indication /indicating/ system
- индикации давления масла (топлива) — oil (fuel) pressure indication system
включает датчики и указатель давления. — includes pressure transmitters and indicators.
- индикации (оборотов) — (rpm) indicating system
- индикации и контроля пространственного положения ла — attitude indicating and monitoring system
- индикации температуры масла — oil temperature indication system
- индикации угла атаки — angle-of-attack (indicating) system
- инертной среды — inert gas system
-, инерциальная навигационная — inertial navigation system (ins)
автономная навигационная система, не связанная с наземными навигационными станциями и радиолокационными системами самолета. система воспринимает и измеряет ускорения действующие на ла. служит для выдачи сигналов места ла, путевой скорости, курса (азимута) и вертикали. — ins provides navigation on self-contained basis, i.e. it do not require any ground based aids, nor relays on radio and/or radar observation from the aircraft. the fundamental principle involved is ability of the system to sense and measure aircraft acceleration.
- инструментальной посадки (илс/сп) — instrument landing system (ils/cp)
- (речевой) информации (cообщений и команд) — voice warning system
- информации о безопасности полета — aviation safety reporting system (asrs)
определяет фактическую или потенциальную опасную ситуацию. — identifies real or potential hazards.
- (речевой) информации об отказах и неисправностях (магнитофонная сист.) — voice warning system, malfunction reporting system
- искусственного климата (в кабине ла) (система гepметизации, отопления, вентиляции) — environmental control system (ecs)
-, исполнительная — actuating /servo/ system
механическая система, вырабатывающая энергию для привода др. механизмов или систем. — а mechanical system that supplies and transmits energy for operation of other mechanisms or systems.
- кабинной индикации и сигнализации — cockpit display/warning system
-, канализационная — waste (disposal) system
(подраздел 038-30) — waste disposal
система отвода и сброс использованной воды и отбросов. включает умывальники, туалеты (унитазы), систему промывки и смыва и т.п. — the system used for disposal of water and waste. includes wash basins, water closets, flushing system, etc.
-, каскадная (гтд) — rotor spool
спарка компрессора и турбины. — compressor and turbine assembly.
-, кислородная — oxygen system
(раздел 035) — oxygen
система, обеспечивающая хранение, регулирование и подачу кислорода пассажирам и членам экипажа. — those units and components which store, regulate, and deliver oxygen to the passengers and crew.
- кислородной подпитки двигателя — engine oxygen supply system
- кольцевания (топливных баков, в магистрали за подкачивающими насосами) — fuel cross-feed system (х-feed)
- коммутации — switching system
-, комплексная — integrated system
-, комплексная навигационная (состоящая из инерциальной, доплеровской и радиолокационной систем) — integral inertial radar navigation system
- коммутации и автоматического регулирования громкости — audio integrating system, audio system
оборудование для регулирования уровня звука и подключения выхода связных и навигационных приемников на наушники и громкоговорители членов экипажа, а также выхода их микрофонов на связные передатчики. — controls the communications and navigation receivers into the flight crew headphones and speakers, and the output of the flight crew microphones into communications transmitters. includes audio selector control panels.
-, комплексная навигационная (навигационный комплекс) — integrated navigation system (intg nav)
- комплексная пилотажная (пилотажный комплекс) — integrated flight system (intg flt sys)
состоит из двух комплектов систем директорного управления, включающих кпп, пhп, эвм, приборный усилитель. — the integrated flight system incorporates two independent flight director systems each consisting of fdi, hsi, steering computer and instrument amplifier.
- комплексной индикации — multi-function display system (mfds)
- кондиционирования воздуха (скв) — air conditioning system (air cond)
(раздел 021) — air conditioning
система, обеспечивающая наддув, обогрев, охлаждение, регулирование влажности и очистку воздуха для вентиляции помещений и отсеков ла, находящихся в пределах герметической кабины. — those units and components which furnish a means of pressurizing, heating, cooling, moisture controlling, filtering and treating the air used to ventilate the areas of the fuselage within the pressure seals.
- контроля (автоматического управления заходом на посадку) — monitoring system
(подраздел 022-40) — system monitor
часть системы автоматического управления, с помощью которой осуществляется контроль режима полета ла при заходе на посадку и при посадке. — that portion of the (auto flight) system that monitors the flight of the aircraft during approach and landing.
- контроля вибрации (двиг.), бортовая — airborne vibration monitor /indicating/ (avm) system
- контроля, встроенная (вск) — built-in test system (bit)
- контроля и индикации работы двигателя — engine monitoring and alert/warning system
- контроля и индикации, централизованная — master monitor display system (mmd)
- контроля мощности двигателя (подраздел 077-10) — power
- контроля расхода топлива (расходомеры и средства индикации и сигнализации) — fuel flowmeter and indicating system
- контроля состояния систем и предупреждающей сигнализации, многофункциональная (комплексная) — multi-function display system/flight warning system (mfds/fws)
- контроля температуры двигателя (подраздел 77-20) — temperature
- координат — coordinate system /frame/, coordinates, axes, system of coordinates, system of coordinates axes
система взаимноперпендикулярных осей для определения положения точки в пространстве или на плоскости. — any scheme for the unique identification of each point of а given continuum.
- координат, главноортодромическая — primary great circle spherical coordinate system
- координат, небесная — celestial coordinate system
- координат, неподвижная — fixed coordinate system
- координат, ортодромическая — transverse-pole spherical coordinate system
сферическая система координат с произвольным расположением полюса. ортодромические широта и долгота координаты точки. — in this system the poles are deliberately displaced from the geographic north and south poles.
- координат, ортодромическая, прямоугольная (применяемая при счислении пути с условной плоскостностью земли) — transverse-pole rectangular coordinate system
- координат, полярная — polar coordinate system
-, координат, поточная — wind axes
- координат, прямоугольная — rectangular coordinate system
- координат, прямоугольная, центр которой связан с объектом (условная с. координат) — rectangular aircraft-centered /vehicle-centered/ coordinate system
- координат (ла), связанная — body axes
а system of coordinate axes fixed in the aircraft.
- координат, связанная с землей — earth axes
система служит для определения положения самолета и образована тремя взаимноперпендикулярными осями с началом в центре земли: одна ось совпадает с осью вращения земли, вторая - линия пересечения плоскостей экватора и гринвичского меридиана, третья - перпендикулярна первым двум. — set of mutually perpendicular reference axes established with the upright axis (z-axis) pointing to the center of the earth used in describing the position of aircraft in flight. the earth axes may remain fixed or may move with the aircraft.
- координат (ла), скоростная — wind axes
а system of coordinate axes with the origin in the aircraft and the direction fixed by that of the relative airflow.
- координат, сферическая — spherical coordinate system, spherical coordinates, system of spherical coordinates
- координат, условная (картографическая) — map-grid coordinates
цвм вычисляет место ла в условных (картографических координатах). — the navigation computer calculates а/с position in шарgrid coordinates
- координат, условная (ортодромическая, с произвольным полюсом) (рис. 111) — transverse-pole coordinate system
- координат, частноортодромическая — navigation leg coordinate system
- коротковолновой связи — hf communication system
- криволинейных координат — system of curvelinear coordinates
- курса и вертикали, базовая (бскв) — (integrated) attitude and heading reference system (ahrs)
для вычисления курса ла и выдачи сигналов курса в др. системы. включает два комплекта инерциальных курсовертикалей (икв) и индукционные датчики (ид). — incorporates two vertical/directional gyro unit (v/d gyro) and flux gates.
-, курсовая (кс) — compass system (cs)Русско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > система
-
16 स्था _sthā
स्था 1 P. (Ātm. also in certain senses; तिष्ठति- ते, तस्थौ, तस्थे, अस्थात्-अस्थित, स्थास्यति-ते, स्थातुं, स्थित; pass. स्थीयते; the स् of this root is changed to ष् after a pre position ending in इ or उ)1 To stand; अयं स ते तिष्ठति संगमोत्सुकः Ś.3.13; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Su- bhāṣ-2 To stay, abide, dwell, live; ग्रामे or गृहे तिष्ठति-3 To remain, be left; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति. Ms.4.111; एको गङ्गदत्तस्तिष्ठति Pt.4.-2 To delay, wait; किमिति स्थीयते Ś.2.-5 To stop, cease, desist, stand still; तिष्ठत्येष क्षणमधिपतिर्ज्योतिषां व्योममध्ये V.2.1.-6 To be kept aside; तिष्ठतु तावत् पत्रलेखागमनवृत्तान्तः K. 'never mind the account of' &c.-7 To be, exist, be in any state or po- sition; often with participles; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; व्याप्य स्थितं रोदसी V.1.1; या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वं Ś.1.1; कालं नयमाना तिष्ठति Pt.1; Ms.7.8.-8 To abide by, conform to, obey (with loc.); शासने तिष्ठ भर्तुः V.5. 17. R.11.65.-9 To be restrained; यदि ते तु न तिष्ठेयुरुपायैः प्रथमैस्त्रिभिः Ms.7.18.-1 To be at hand, be obtainable; न विप्रं स्वेषु तिष्ठत्सु मृतं शूद्रेण नाययेत् Ms.5.14.-11 To live, breathe; आः क एष मयि स्थिते चन्द्रगुप्तमभिभवितु- मिच्छति Mu.1.-12 To stand by or near, stand at one's side, help; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे शत्रुसंकटे (राष्ट्रविप्लवे) । राज- द्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः ॥ H.1.71 (v. l.).-13 To rest or depend on; जहातु नैनं कथमर्थसिद्धिः संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14.-14 To do, perform, occupy oneself with; न तिष्ठति तु यः पूर्वां नोपास्ते यश्च पश्चिमाम् Ms.2.13.-15 (Ātm.) To resort or go to (as an umpire), be guid- ed by the advice of; संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14.-16 (Ātm.) To offer oneself to (for sexual embrace), stand as a prostitute (with dat.); गोपी स्मरात् कृष्णाय तिष्ठते Sk. on P.I.4.34. -Caus. (स्थापयति-ते)1 To cause to stand.-2 To lay, set, place, put.-3 To found, establish.-4 To stop.-5 To arrest, check.-6 To raise, erect.-7 To cause to last or continue, make durable.-8 To give in marriage; लोकश्रेष्ठे गुणवति वरे स्थापिता त्वं मयैव Māl.1.5.-9 To instruct in, ini- tiate into. -Desid. (तिष्ठासति) To wish to stand &c. -
17 voir
voir [vwaʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 301. <a. to see• vous n'avez encore rien vu ! you ain't seen nothing yet! (inf)• c'est ce que nous verrons ! we'll see about that!• on aura tout vu ! we've seen everything now!• comment voyez-vous l'avenir ? how do you see the future?► voir + infinitif• notre pays voit renaître le fascisme our country is witnessing the rebirth of fascism► aller voir to go and see• fais voir ! let me have a look!• va te faire voir (ailleurs) ! (inf!) get lost! (inf!)• qu'il aille se faire voir (chez les Grecs) ! (inf!) he can go to hell! (inf!)► à le (ou te etc) voir• à le voir, on ne lui donnerait pas 90 ans to look at him, you wouldn't think he was 90b. ( = pouvoir voir, imaginer)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• est-ce que tu le vois ? can you see it?• tu me vois aller lui dire ça ? can you see me telling him that?• il va encore protester, je vois ça d'ici he's going to start protesting again, I can see it comingc. ( = examiner, étudier) [+ dossier] to look at ; [+ circulaire] to reade. (locutions)• tu vas le faire tout de suite, vu ? (inf) you're going to do it straightaway, okay?• nous n'avons pas la même façon de voir les choses we see things differently► c'est tout vu ! (inf) that's for sure!► à voir• à voir son train de vie, elle doit être très riche if her lifestyle is anything to go by, she must be very well-off• il ne fera plus cette erreur -- c'est à voir he won't make the same mistake again -- we'll see► il n'y a qu'à voir• il n'a pas de goût, il n'y a qu'à voir comment il s'habille he's got no taste, you only have to look at the clothes he wears► rien à voir• cela a quelque chose à voir avec... this has got something to do with...• son nouveau film ? rien à voir avec les précédents his new film? it's nothing like his previous work• le résultat n'a plus grand-chose à voir avec le projet initial the result bears very little relation to the initial project► pour voir just to see• essaie un peu, pour voir ! just you try!► passer voir• je suis passé le voir I went to see him► vouloir + voir• je veux voir ça ! I want to see that!• je voudrais t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!• tu aurais dû refuser ! -- j'aurais voulu t'y voir ! you should have said no! -- I'd like to see what you'd have done!► bien voir• nous allons bien voir ! we'll soon find out!• j'ai quelques économies, ça me permettra de voir venir (inf) I've got some savings which should be enough to see me through (inf)• on va perdre, ça je le vois venir (gros comme une maison) (inf) ( = prévoir) we're going to lose, I can see it coming (a mile off (inf))• je te vois venir (avec tes gros sabots) (inf) I can see what you're leading up to► se faire mal voir• si elle ne revient pas travailler lundi, elle va se faire mal voir if she doesn't come back to work on Monday, it won't look too good2. <a. to see• dis-moi voir... tell me...• essaie voir ! (inf) just you try it!• regarde voir ce qu'il a fait ! (inf) just look what he's done!• un peu de charité, voyons ! (rappel à l'ordre) come on now, let's be charitable!• voyons voyons ! let's see now !• c'est trop lourd pour toi, voyons ! come on now, it's too heavy for you!3. <4. <► se voira. (soi-même) to see o.s.• il la trouve moche -- il ne s'est pas vu ! he thinks she's ugly -- has he looked in the mirror lately?c. ( = se trouver) se voir contraint de to find o.s. forced to• je me vois dans la triste obligation de... I have the sad task of...d. ( = être visible) [tache, couleur, sentiments] to showe. ( = se produire) cela se voit tous les jours it happens every day• cela ne s'est jamais vu ! it's unheard of!f. (fonction passive) ils se sont vu interdire l'accès du musée they were refused admission to the museum* * *vwaʀ
1.
1) ( percevoir par les yeux) to see [personne, objet]à le voir, on le prendrait pour un clochard — to look at him, you'd think he was a tramp
2) (être spectateur, témoin de) [personne] to see [film, incident]; [lieu] to see [événement, évolution]3) ( se figurer) to see4) ( juger) to seevoir favorablement quelque chose — to be favourably [BrE] disposed toward(s) something
5) (comprendre, déceler) to see [moyen, avantage]6) (constater, découvrir) to seevoir si/pourquoi — to find out ou to see if/why
on verra bien — well, we'll see
‘je ne paierai pas!’ - ‘c'est ce que nous verrons!’ — ‘I won't pay!’ - ‘we shall see about that!’
touches-y, pour voir! — ( menace) you just touch it!
7) (examiner, étudier) to see [malade]; to look at [problème, dossier]8) (recevoir, se rendre chez) to see [client, médecin, ami]9) ( visiter) to see [ville, monument]10) ( avoir un rapport avec)
2.
voyez à ce que tout soit prêt — see to it ou make sure that everything is ready
3.
verbe intransitif1) ( avec les yeux)voir, y voir — to be able to see
je or j'y vois à peine — I can hardly see
2) ( par l'esprit)voir loin — ( être prévoyant) to look ahead; ( être perspicace) to be far-sighted
il faut voir — (colloq) ( ça mérite réflexion) we'll have to see
3) ( rappel à l'ordre)voyons, sois sage! — come on now, behave yourself!
4.
se voir verbe pronominal1) (dans la glace, en imagination) to see oneself2) ( se remarquer) [tache, défaut] to showcela se voit tous les jours — it happens all the time ou every day
3) ( se trouver)se voir obligé or dans l'obligation de faire quelque chose — to find oneself forced to do
4) ( se fréquenter) to see each otherils ne peuvent pas se voir (en peinture (colloq)) — they can't stand each other
••je préfère voir venir — (colloq) I would rather wait and see
on t'a vu venir! — (colloq) they/we saw you coming! (colloq)
je te vois venir — (colloq) I can see what you're getting at GB ou where you're coming from (colloq)
qu'il aille se faire voir! — (colloq) tell him to get lost! (colloq)
* * *vwaʀ1. vi1) (sens littéral) to seeD'ici, on voit mieux. — You can see better from here.
voir loin fig — to be far-sighted
faites voir — show me, let me see
2) (prendre le temps de réfléchir) to seeVoyons ce qu'on peut faire. — Let's see what we can do.
Voyons, sois raisonnable! — Come on, be reasonable!
ni vu ni connu! — what the eye doesn't see...!, no one will be any the wiser
2. vt1) (= distinguer) to seeD'ici, on voit bien le Mont-Blanc. — You can see Mont Blanc clearly from here., You get a good view of Mont Blanc from here.
2) (= regarder) to seeIl m'a fait voir sa collection de timbres. — He showed me his stamp collection.
3) (= être témoin de) to seeJ'ai vu des cas semblables. — I have seen similar cases.
Je les ai vu humiliés. — I saw them humiliated.
4) (= rendre visite à) to seeVenez me voir quand vous serez à Paris. — Come and see me when you're in Paris.
5) (= comprendre) to seeJe ne vois pas pourquoi il a fait ça. — I don't see why he did that.
6) (= imaginer) to seeJe la voyais déjà en patronne de multinationale. — I could see her as the big boss of a multinational corporation.
7) (= supporter)ne pas pouvoir voir qn fig — not to be able to stand sb, not to be able to stand the sight of sb
Je ne peux vraiment pas la voir. — I really can't stand her., I really can't stand the sight of her.
Ça n'a rien à voir avec lui, c'est entre toi et moi. — It's nothing to do with him, it's between you and me.
je te vois venir! ironique — I can see what you're getting at!, I can see what you're after!
voir à faire qch (= s'assurer que) — to see to it that sth is done
* * *voir verb table: voirA vtr1 ( percevoir par les yeux) to see [personne, objet]; dis-moi ce que tu vois gén tell me what you see; je ne vois rien I can't ou don't see anything; je n'y vois rien I can't see a thing; il faut le voir pour le croire it has to be seen to be believed; je les ai vus de mes propres yeux or de mes yeux vu! I saw them with my own eyes!; je les ai vus comme je te vois! I saw them as plainly as I see you standing there!; que vois-je! liter what's this I see?; à la voir si triste when you see her so sad; à le voir, on le prendrait pour un clochard to look at him, you'd think he was a tramp; faire voir qch à qn to show sb sth; laisser voir son ignorance to show one's ignorance; sa jupe fendue laissait voir ses cuisses her slit skirt showed her thighs; voir qch en rêve to dream about sth; ⇒ mûr;2 (être spectateur, témoin de) [personne] to see [film, incident, événement]; [période, lieu, organisation] to see [événement, évolution, changement]; aller voir un film to go to see a film GB ou movie US; nous voyons les prix augmenter we see prices rising; je les ai vus partir/qui partaient I saw them leave/leaving; on l'a vue entrer she was seen going in, someone saw her go in; la voiture qu'il a vue passer the car he saw go by; la ville qui l'a vue naître her native town, the town where she was born; le film est à voir the film is worth seeing; c'est triste/intéressant à voir it' s sad/interesting to see; c'est beau à voir it's beautiful to look at; ce n'est pas beau à voir it's not a pretty sight; il faut voir comment○! you should see how!; j'aurais voulu que tu voies ça! you should have seen it!; je voudrais bien t'y voir! I'd like to see how you'd get on!; a-t-on jamais vu pareille audace! have you ever seen such cheek!; on n'a jamais vu ça! it's unheard of!; et vous n'avez encore rien vu! you ain't seen nothing yet○! hum; qu'est-ce qu'il ne faut pas voir, on aura tout vu! could you ever have imagined such a thing!; voyez-moi ça! just look at that!;3 ( se figurer) to see; comment vois-tu l'avenir? how do you see the future?; je le vois or verrais bien enseignant I can just see him as a teacher; je ne la vois pas faire ça toute sa vie I can't see her doing it forever; voir sa vie comme un désastre to view one's life as a disaster; on voit bien comment it's easy to see how; on ne voit guère comment, on voit mal comment it's difficult to see how; j'ai vu le moment où il allait m'étrangler I thought he was about to strangle me; je vois ça d'ici I can just imagine; tu vois un peu s'il arrivait maintenant! just imagine, if he turned up now!;4 ( juger) to see; c'est ma façon de voir (les choses) that's the way I see things; je ne partage pas ta façon de voir I see things differently from you; voir en qn un ami to see sb as a friend; je ne vois pas qu'il y ait lieu d'intervenir I don't see any reason to intervene; c'est à toi de voir it's up to you to decide; voir favorablement une réforme to be favourablyGB disposed toward(s) a reform; tu vas te faire mal voir de Sophie Sophie is going to think badly of you; je te vois mal parti you're heading for trouble;5 (comprendre, déceler) to see [cause, moyen, avantage] (dans in); je vois I see; je vois ce que tu veux dire I see what you mean; je ne vois pas qui tu veux dire I don't know who you mean; tu vois où elle veut en venir? do you see what she's getting at?; je ne vois pas où est le problème I can't see the problem; je ne vois pas l'intérêt d'attendre I can't see the point of waiting; je n'y vois aucun mal I see no harm in it; je ne vois aucun mal à ce qu'elle signe I see no harm in her signing; si tu n'y vois pas d'inconvénient if it's all right with you, if you have no objection; tu ne vois pas qu'il ment? can't ou don't you see that he's lying? ; on voit bien qu'elle n'a jamais travaillé! you can tell ou it's obvious that she's never worked!; je le vois à leur attitude I can tell by their attitude; à quoi le vois- tu? how can you tell?;6 (constater, découvrir) to see; comme vous le voyez as you can see; à ce que je vois from what I can see; voir si/combien/pourquoi to find out ou to see if/how much/why; vois si c'est sec see if it's dry; vois si ça leur convient find out ou see if it suits them; on verra bien well, we'll see; ‘je ne paierai pas!’-‘c'est ce que nous verrons!’ ‘I won't pay!’-‘we shall see about that!’; c'est à voir that remains to be seen; j'ai fait ça pour voir I did it to see what would happen; essaie pour voir try and see!; essaie un peu/touches-y, pour voir! ( menace) you just try it/touch it!; vous m'en voyez ravi I am delighted about it;7 (examiner, étudier) to see [malade]; to look at [problème, dossier]; ( dans un texte) voir page 10/le mode d'emploi see page 10/instructions for use; je verrai (ce que je peux faire) I'll see (what I can do); voyons let's see;8 (recevoir, se rendre chez, fréquenter) to see [client, médecin, ami]; je le vois peu en ce moment I don't see much of him at the moment; aller voir qn gén to go to see sb; ( à l'hôpital) to go to visit sb; je passerai la voir demain I'll call on her tomorrow, I'll pop in and see her tomorrow;10 ( avoir un rapport avec) avoir quelque chose à voir avec to have something to do with; ça n'a rien à voir! that's got nothing to do with it!; il n'a rien à voir là-dedans or à y voir it's got nothing to do with him. ⇒ chandelle.B voir à vtr ind fml ( veiller à) to see (à to); voyez à ce que tout soit prêt see to it ou make sure that everything is ready; faudrait voir à réserver des places○ we ought to see about reserving ou booking GB seats; voyez à réserver les places make sure you reserve ou book GB the seats.C vi1 ( avec les yeux) voir, y voir to be able to see; est-ce qu'un bébé (y) voit à la naissance? can a baby see at birth?; je or j'y vois à peine I can hardly see; (y) voir double to see double; je vois trouble everything is a blur; voir loin lit to see a long way off;2 ( par l'esprit) (y) voir clair dans qch to have a clear understanding of sth; voir loin ( être prévoyant) to look ahead; ( être perspicace) to be far-sighted; voir grand to think big; elle a vu juste she was right; il faut voir ( ça mérite réflexion) we'll have to see; ( c'est incroyable) you wouldn't believe it;3 ( pour insister) voyons voir let's see now; regardez voir take a look; dites voir tell me; montrez voir show me;5 ( rappel à l'ordre) voyons, sois sage! come on now, behave yourself!D se voir vpr1 (dans la glace, en imagination) to see oneself; elle se voyait déjà sur les planches she could already see herself on the stage;2 ( être conscient de) to realize; il s'est vu sombrer dans la folie he realized he was going mad;3 ( se remarquer) [tache, défaut] to show; ça se voit it shows; ça ne se voit pas qu'un peu○! it sticks out a mile!;4 ( se produire) cela se voit tous les jours it happens all the time ou every day; cela ne se voit pas tous les jours it isn't something you see every day; ça ne s'est jamais vu! it's unheard of!;5 ( se trouver) se voir obligé or dans l'obligation de faire qch to find oneself forced to do; ils se sont vu répondre que they were told that;6 (se rencontrer, se fréquenter) to see each other;7 ( sympathiser) ils ne peuvent pas se voir they can't stand each other;8 ( être vu) to be seen; la tour se voit de loin the tower can be seen from far away;9 ○ s'en voir to have a hard time (pour faire doing).ne pas voir plus loin que le bout de son nez to see no further than the end of one's nose; je préfère voir venir I would rather wait and see; on t'a vu venir○! they saw you coming○!; je te vois venir○ I can see what you're getting at GB ou where you're coming from○; je ne peux pas le voir (en peinture)○ I can't stand him; je t'ai assez vu I've had enough of you; en voir de belles or de toutes les couleurs to go through some hard times; j'en ai vu d'autres I've seen worse; en faire voir à qn to give sb a hard time; va te faire voir (ailleurs)○, va voir ailleurs or là-bas si j'y suis○! get lost○!; qu'il aille se faire voir○! tell him to get lost○!; il ferait beau voir ça! that would be the last straw![vwar] verbe transitifA.[PERCEVOIR AVEC LES YEUX]1. [distinguer] to seeil ne voit rien de l'œil gauche he can't see anything with his ou he's blind in the left eyeà les voir, on ne dirait pas qu'ils roulent sur l'or to look at them, you wouldn't think they were rolling in ità la voir si souriante, on ne dirait pas qu'elle souffre when you see how cheerful she is, you wouldn't think she's in painvoir quelqu'un faire ou qui fait quelque chose to see somebody do ou doing somethingfais voir! let me see!, show me!a. [bébé] to be bornb. [journal] to come outc. [théorie, invention] to appearil faut la voir lui répondre, il faut voir comment elle lui répond you should see the way she speaks to himvoir venir: je te vois venir, tu veux de l'argent! (familier) I can see what you're leading up to ou getting at, you want some money!le garagiste m'a fait payer 800 euros — il t'a vu venir! (familier) the mechanic charged me 800 euros — he saw you coming!Noël n'est que dans trois semaines, on a le temps de voir venir! Christmas isn 't for another three weeks, we've got plenty of time!c'est vrai, je l'ai vue le faire it's true, I saw her do itje l'ai vu faire des erreurs I saw him making ou make mistakesici, les terrains ont vu leur prix doubler en cinq ans land prices here doubled over five yearsn'avoir rien vu to be wet behind the ears ou greenils en ont vu, avec leur aînée! their oldest girl really gave them a hard time!il en a vu de toutes les couleurs ou des vertes et des pas mûres (familier) ou de belles ou de drôles he's been through quite a loten faire voir (de toutes les couleurs) à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a hard time, to lead somebody a merry dancerépète un peu, pour voir! (you) DARE say that again!4. [inspecter - appartement] to see, to view ; [ - rapport] to see, to (have a) look at ; [ - leçon] to go ou to look overne pas voir: il préfère ne pas voir ses infidélités he prefers to turn a blind eye to ou to shut his eyes to her affairsqui n'a pas vu l'Égypte n'a rien vu unless you've seen Egypt, you haven't lived5. [consulter, recevoir - ami, médecin] to seele médecin va vous voir dans quelques instants the doctor will be with ou see you in a few minutesil faut voir un psychiatre, mon vieux! (familier & figuré) you need your head examined, old man![fréquenter] to see[être en présence de]6. [se référer à]voir illustration p. 7 see diagram p 7voyez l'horaire des trains check ou consult the train timetableB.[PENSER, CONCEVOIR]le pull est trop large — je te voyais plus carré que cela the jumper is too big — I thought you had broader shouldersvoir d'ici quelqu'un/quelque chose: lui confier le budget? je vois ça d'ici! ask him to look after the budget? I can just see it!voir quelque chose d'un mauvais œil, ne pas voir quelque chose d'un bon œil to be displeased about somethingvoir quelque chose/quelqu'un avec les yeux de: elle le voit avec les yeux de l'amour she sees him through a lover's eyespose-moi n'importe quelle question — bon, je vais voir ask me anything — let's see ou let me think3. [comprendre - danger, intérêt] to seetu vois ce que je veux dire? do you see ou understand what I mean?je ne vois pas ce qu'il y a de drôle! I can't see what's so funny!, I don't get the joke!tu vois que mes principes n'ont pas changé as you can see, my principles haven't changedelle ne nous causera plus d'ennuis — c'est ou ça reste à voir she won't trouble us any more — that remains to be seen ou that's what YOU think!nous prenons rendez-vous? — voyez cela avec ma secrétaire shall we make an appointment? — arrange that with my secretaryvoyez si l'on peut changer l'heure du vol see ou check whether the time of the flight can be changedles photos seraient mieux en noir et blanc — hum, il faut voir the pictures would look better in black and white — mm, maybe (maybe not)7. [juger] to seetu n'es pas sur place, tu vois mal la situation you're not on the spot, your view of the situation is distorted8. (locution)avoir à voir avec [avoir un rapport avec]: je voudrais vous parler: ça a à voir avec notre discussion d'hier I would like to speak to you: it's to do with what we were talking about yesterdayn'avoir rien à voir avec [n'avoir aucun rapport avec]: l'instruction n'a rien à voir avec l'intelligence education has nothing to do with intelligenceje n'ai rien à voir avec la famille des Bellechasse I'm not related at all to the Bellechasse familycela n'a rien à voir avec le sujet that's irrelevant, that's got nothing to do with itça n'a rien à voir: tu parles de grèves, mais ça n'a rien à voir! you talk about strikes but that has nothing to do with it!tu vois, vous voyez: tu vois, je préférais ne rien savoir I preferred to remain in the dark, you seeje te l'avais dit, tu vois! what did I tell you!tu verrais, si j'avais encore mes jambes! if my legs were still up to it, there'd be no holding ou stopping me!a. (familier) [encouragement] go on, have a try!b. [défi] (you) just try!, don't you dare!voyons voirou regardons voir ce que tu as comme note (familier) let's just have a look and see what mark you gotun peu de courage, voyons! come on, be brave!voyons, tu n'espères pas que je vais te croire! you don't seriously expect me to believe you, do you?————————[vwar] verbe intransitifA.[PERCEVOIR LA RÉALITÉ - SENS PROPRE ET FIGURÉ]elle ne ou n'y voit plus she can't see ou she's blind now[exercer sa vue] to seevoir bien to see clearly, to have good eyesight2. [juger]encore une fois, tu as vu juste you were right, once againB.jeux [pour une mise]20 euros, pour voir 20 euros, and I'll see you————————voir à verbe plus préposition[veiller à]voir à faire quelque chose to see to it ou to make sure ou to ensure that something is doneil faudrait voir à ranger ta chambre/payer tes dettes you'd better tidy up your room/clear your debtsvoir à ce que quelque chose soit fait to see to it ou to make sure ou to ensure that something is done————————se voir verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)1. [se contempler] to (be able to) see oneself2. [s'imaginer] to see ou to imagine ou to picture oneself————————se voir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)[se rencontrer] to see each other————————se voir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)1. [être visible, évident - défaut] to show, to be visible ; [ - émotion, gêne] to be visible, to be obvious, to be apparentil porte une perruque, ça se voit bien you can tell he wears a wig2. [se manifester - événement] to happen ; [ - attitude, coutume] to be seen ou found————————se voir verbe pronominal intransitif1. [se trouver]se voir dans l'obligation de... to find oneself obliged to... -
18 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
19 أبقى (في عمل أو وظيفة)
أَبْقَى (في عمل أو وظيفة) \ keep on: to continue to employ sb.: I kept him on although he was too ill to work. \ أَبْقَى (على حاله) \ keep: to cause (sb. or sth.) to remain in a certain state: Keep that child quiet! Don’t keep me waiting!. \ أَبْقَى (في وضع معين) \ hold: to put or keep (sth.) in a certain position (with nails, paste, rope or any pressure or support): The rubber ring held him up in the water. A nail held the picture on the wall. \ See Also ثبت (ثَبَّتَ) \ أَبْقَى (على حياته) \ spare: to show mercy to: He begged the murderers to spare him (or to spare his life). -
20 نزل
نَزَلَ \ alight: to get down (from a car or train). climb down: to go down, using hands as well as feet: He climbed slowly down the cliff. come down: to fall: the price of sugar came down. The telephone wires came down in the storm. descend: to go down (stairs, a mountain, etc.): The aeroplane descended slowly. land: (of an aircraft) to come down to the ground; (of people) to come on to the ground from a ship or aircraft. \ See Also هبط (هَبَطَ) \ نَزَلَ \ disembark: to get off a ship; cause (people, vehicles, etc.) get off a ship. \ See Also أَنْزَلَ من سفينة \ نَزَلَ \ relinquish: to give up (one’s position, one’s hold on sth., etc.). \ See Also تَخَلَّى عَن \ نَزَلَ بمكان \ stay: to live as a guest: Are you staying at a hotel, or with friends?. \ نَزَلَ في \ put up: to lodge: We can put you up in our house; you need not put up at the hotel. stop: to remain; stay: We stopped at a hotel for a night. \ نَزَلَ من \ dismount: to get off a horse, bicycle, etc.
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Cause — • Cause, as the correlative of effect, is understood as being that which in any way gives existence to, or contributes towards the existence of, any thing; which produces a result; to which the origin of any thing is to be ascribed Catholic… … Catholic encyclopedia
Jumping position — The jumping position is a position used by equestrians when jumping over an obstacle. It usually involves what is known as the forward seat or 2 point because the rider has 2 points in contact with the horse; the legs and hands. It was first… … Wikipedia
Recovery position — The recovery position or more technically known as the lateral recumbent position is a first aid technique recommended for assisting people who are unconscious, or nearly so, but are still breathing. It is frequently taught as part of classes in… … Wikipedia
How Few Remain — infobox Book | name = How Few Remain title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of first edition (hardcover) author = Harry Turtledove illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = Timeline 191 genre =… … Wikipedia
nervous system disease — Introduction any of the diseases or disorders that affect the functioning of the human nervous system (nervous system, human). Everything that humans sense, consider, and effect and all the unlearned reflexes of the body depend on the… … Universalium
hold — I. /hoʊld / (say hohld) verb (held, held or, Archaic, holden, holding) –verb (t) 1. to have or keep in the hand; keep fast; grasp. 2. to reserve; retain; set aside. 3. to bear, sustai …
Reconstruction Era of the United States — In the history of the United States, the term Reconstruction Era has two senses: the first covers the entire nation in the period 1865–1877 following the Civil War; the second one, used in this article, covers the transformation of the Southern… … Wikipedia
Demographic history of Macedonia — This article is about the region spanning several countries in southeastern Europe; for the demographics of the Republic of Macedonia, see Demographic history of the Republic of Macedonia. The geographical region of Macedonia Contents … Wikipedia
Viet Cong and PAVN battle tactics — Soldier of a NLF/Viet Cong Main Force Unit. They shared common arms, procedures, tactics, organization and personnel with PAVN. Viet Cong and PAVN battle tactics comprised a flexible mix of guerrilla and conventional warfare battle tactics used… … Wikipedia
Reconstruction era of the United States — In the history of the United States, Reconstruction refers to the time between 1863 and 1877 when the U.S. focused on abolishing slavery, destroying the Confederacy, and reconstructing the nation and the Constitution. Reconstruction is also the… … Wikipedia
lay — I. /leɪ / (say lay) verb (laid, laying) –verb (t) 1. to put or place in a position of rest or recumbency: to lay a book on a desk. 2. to bring, throw, or beat down, as from an erect position: to lay a person low. 3. to cause to subside: to lay… …
